448. AI-Aware Teaching

While there is substantial debate over the appropriate role of generative AI in higher education, one area of agreement is that AI cannot be ignored. In this episode, Annette Vee, Marc Watkins, and Derek Bruff join us to discuss what faculty need to know to be AI-aware in their teaching.

Annette is an Associate Professor of English at the University of Pittsburgh where she has been actively involved with AI initiatives. She is the author of Coding Literacy: How Computer Programming is Changing Writing and is co-editor of TextGenEd: Teaching with Text Generation Technologies. Marc is a Lecturer in Writing and Rhetoric and an Assistant Director of Academic Innovation at the University of Mississippi, where he directs the AI Institute for Teachers. Derek Bruff is an Associate Director at the University of Virginia’s Center for Teaching Excellence, where he supports faculty in integrating generative AI in their teaching. He is the author of Intentional Tech: Principles to Guide the Use of Educational Technology in College Teaching and Teaching with Classroom Response Systems: Creating Active Learning Environments. He is the host and producer of the Intentional Teaching podcast. Annette, Marc, and Derek frequently serve as keynote speakers at academic conferences and write frequently about AI and higher education on their blogs. Annette, Marc, and Derek are the co-authors of The Norton Guide to AI-Aware Teaching.

Show Notes

Transcript

John: While there is substantial debate over the appropriate role of generative AI in higher education, one area of agreement is that AI cannot be ignored. In this episode, we discuss what faculty need to know to be AI-aware in their teaching.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

Rebecca: Our guests today are Annette Vee, Marc Watkins, and Derek Bruff. Annette is an Associate Professor of English at the University of Pittsburgh where she has been actively involved with AI initiatives. She is the author of Coding Literacy: How Computer Programming is Changing Writing and is co-editor of TextGenEd: Teaching with Text Generation Technologies. Marc is a Lecturer in Writing and Rhetoric and an Assistant Director of Academic Innovation at the University of Mississippi, where he directs the AI Institute for Teachers. Derek Bruff is an Associate Director at the University of Virginia’s Center for Teaching Excellence, where he supports faculty in integrating generative AI in their teaching. He is the author of Intentional Tech: Principles to Guide the Use of Educational Technology in College Teaching and Teaching with Classroom Response Systems: Creating Active Learning Environments. He is the host and producer of the Intentional Teaching podcast. Annette, Marc, and Derek frequently serve as keynote speakers at academic conferences and write frequently about AI and higher education on their blogs (which we’ll link to in the show notes). Our guests are the co-authors of The Norton Guide to AI-Aware Teaching. Welcome, Annette, and welcome back, Marc and Derek.

Annette: Thank you.

Derek: Thanks for having us.

Marc: Yeah, thank you, guys.

John: Thank you for joining us. It’s great to talk to all of you today. Today’s teas are:… Annette, what is your tea? [LAUGHTER]

Annette: I have to confess that we are out of tea season. For me, it is warm, and I’m on my third floor office, where it is not air conditioned, so I’m just drinking water. But I like tea. I like herbal tea… when it’s cold outside.

John: And Marc, are you drinking tea?

Marc: I wish I was. Our tea kettle in the office is broken today, so I have a very anti-tea Celsius that is a Kiwi Guava flavor, so it has caffeine and its liquid, [LAUGHTER] that’s the sort of the most related thing you can have with tea. But yeah, unfortunately, I’m like Annette, I don’t have access to good tea right now.

John: And Derek?

Derek: Well, I’m 0 for three. I am drinking coffee, [LAUGHTER] but I am drinking it out of my tea for teaching coffee mug.[LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: I think that might be blasphemous. [LAUGHTER]

Derek: I think I should get some points for having the on-brain coffee mug today.

John: Yes.

Rebecca: I think it’s good. It’s good.

Derek: Thank you, John, for gifting me a coffee mug when I saw you a couple of years ago.

Rebecca: It’s a tea mug. [LAUGHTER]

Derek: Not right now.

John: it’s a tea for teaching mug, and I think it was a coffee mug last time too.[LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: Yeah.

Annette: Get into some Wickenstinian conversations about definitions here. [LAUGHTER]

John: Well, I went to the POD conference with, I think, 48 tea for teaching mugs, and I think I came back with about two or three of them, because the whole place was filled with former guests from the podcast.

Marc: That’s great.

Annette: That’s lovely.

John: It was nice to be able to distribute them. And Rebecca, your tea?

Rebecca: I have British breakfast, nice and piping hot.

John: I have darjeeling tea today, which I picked up at the tea caddy at Epcot at the OLC conference last fall.

Rebecca: So we’ve invited me here today to discuss the Norton guide to AI-aware teaching, apparently, and not tea. [LAUGHTER]

Annette: It’s good because the conversation’s over otherwise. [LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: So, can you tell us a little bit about how this project came about?

Annette: Sure, I can start with that. So, this project was kind of a brainchild of Norton themselves, and I had been working with Erica Wnek, who is one of their fabulous editors there, and who works with composition, in particular. I’d been doing the Everyone Is an Author book. They wanted to add a chapter on AI for their next edition, which just came out, I think, in the fall, and from there we started talking about what else Norton might be able to do to support teachers with AI, and I started writing for a Substack, a newsletter that they launched, and worked with Erica primarily on that. It was the first time that Norton had done a Substack like that, and it ended up being reasonably popular, and then there seemed to be some demand for further guidance about AI teaching, but in particular teaching in the midst of AI that wasn’t just, “Hey, let’s lean into AI or here’s how we kind of route around AI,” but something a little bit more measured that was kind of the voice that I had been using in that blog, and so Erica asked me, “What would it look like if we did some sort of guide like that?” At first, I thought, “Well, there’s so many guides out there,” but ultimately I was interested, and even better was that they were really interested in recruiting some excellent co-authors, and so from there they brought on Marc and Derek, and so I can pass that off to them, which I think has really been wonderful for the project.

Marc: It has indeed. I really have learned a lot from both of you writing this, and it was kind of a sprint to go through this, and I think as we were writing it, we were both going through our own sort of basic just feelings about AI and seeing how other people were dealing with it too. We’ve been there for the. Last three and a half, four years, and asking ourselves some very deep questions about our own work with this technology, too, where this is coming to intersect, and trying to help faculty tred a path forward.

Derek: I’ll add that, as Rebecca mentioned, I’ve written a couple of other books on teaching with technology, and I think I have a writing voice that works well with Annette and with Marc, and with the goal of this project, a mix of what does the research tell us, to the extent that it tells us anything, what are the big ideas we need to be grappling with, and what does this look like in practice? I think that’s one of the things I really like about this book, is there’s lots of examples of how faculty are adapting and responding to AI in very concrete ways. That’s what I love to do, is to talk to faculty about what other faculty are doing, and help them see how they can adapt that to their own teaching. Yeah, so happy to be a part. And also, I would say I haven’t co-written before this project.

Rebecca: I didn’t know that, Derek. You reveal that now. [LAUGHTER]

Derek: I was a little skeptical. I kind of like to be in my own space when I’m writing, but this has been a really, really enjoyable process of drafting and getting feedback and revising and commenting and figuring out the structure together. I like the co-writing a lot more than I expected I would.

Annette: That’s really nice to hear. I want to say, too, that Norton brought us together, which I think is wonderful, because they just had like great vision of how we could each bring different expertise, which I think was like absolutely true. But the other thing is that I knew Derek and Marc’s work before this, and so I was really, really glad to be able to collaborate with them, and I do think, like BTS or other bands that the studio brings together, sometimes there’s just synergy, and it works. [LAUGHTER]

John: I really do like the title of AI-aware teaching, which I think fits nicely with Annette’s comment that it was somewhat in the middle, not at one of the poles, as many of the other books and approaches tend to be. Before we start talking about AI and teaching with AI, could you explain what you meant by AI-aware teaching?

Annette: So, I can start with that one. As Marc said, we were all in the process of writing this book, confronting our own feelings about AI in complex ways, and I think all of us had been wrestling with this, of course, before the book, because we’d all been working in this space for years, but the fact that I am absolutely an AI user, I find it really interesting. My work is in writing technologies, it’s the most exciting writing technology, certainly in my lifetime. So, there’s all these really interesting feelings, and then as a teacher, there’s these other feelings about students and shortcutting and the future of higher ed, and all these things, but the main thing is, as a technology, I think it’s just really important to be aware of what it is and what’s out there, and what that means is, for AI-aware teaching, it means understanding what the technology is and does, and not, you know, what it did three years ago, but what it’s doing now, and what are the possible future trajectories for it, and that includes all sorts of things about environmental impacts and politics, as well as the technology, and then also what students are actually doing with it, not what we would like them to be doing with it, or what they say they’re doing with it, but what they’re actually doing with it, so that involves a little bit of research and listening, and then figuring out what it is that we want students to get out of our classes, rethinking our learning goals, things like that, and then kind of recalibrating, given the current landscape, how we get to those learning goals that we have had, or revisiting those learning goals, maybe they need to be revised, and that is, I guess, my kind of sense of AI-aware teaching.

Derek: And I’ll add that I feel like there is a lot of discourse in higher ed that seems to indicate there are two camps: either you are refusing to use AI or resisting it, or you’re all in and you’re doing all these things with it, and I like the AI-aware framing, which is to say those could both be reasonable choices, but we need to understand what we’re dealing with, both the technologies and our students and our own teaching goals, and then make informed intentional choices. And I would argue that most faculty, once they’ve gone through that process, land on some mix of resisting AI in some parts of their teaching and engaging with AI in other parts of their teaching, and I think that’s okay, and I think we have a lot to offer in the book for faculty who are any mix of those two poles in how they actually practice AI-aware teaching.

Marc: Absolutely. I find myself sometimes in the middle of an assignment, designing assignment, being drawn into, let’s use AI, this aspect, let’s absolutely resist, refuse using AI in these different aspects, and then thinking about, from the student experiences, how they’re going to go through those same types of things to confront it. I think Annette’s point too is very apt for a moment too. The interface behind ChatGPT has not changed, but the models have underneath it, and the expectations I have from a lot of faculty is that they’ve tested these systems back in 2022/3, or 24 that they have a singular experience using them, and it was not very good or productive. Now things have changed pretty radically. These are not just language models, they’re, in theory, world models gainng the simulations of these different types of experiences, and so we have to be aware of what that is going to do for ourselves and for our students, and there are some, I think, very good benefits that can come out of this, but also be very cautious about it too, just trying to find that balanced pathway.

Rebecca: Can you talk a little bit about the structure of the book? There’s a couple parts to it. Can you reveal the underlying structure?

Derek: Yeah, I’ll take a stab at that. The book has two parts, and like these books, you can read any chapter in any order you want. I never do that. That’s not who I am. I read things from front to back. [LAUGHTER]

Annette: You’re revealing a lot of things today about yourself, Derek. [LAUGHTER]

Derek: People tell me they read books in other ways. [LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: All these exclusives…

Derek: But, I do think part one is meant to be moved through somewhat linearly, and that it walks you through the AI-aware teaching idea, so that we’ve have a chapter on what AI is and what it does. We have a chapter on how students are using AI, as best we can tell from the research and the surveys and the focus groups that have been done. And so the goal of part one is to help you do those aspects of AI-aware teaching, and then hopefully land on an approach to AI that really fits your course and your goals, and to start to shape how you might communicate that approach to your students through policies or guidance. Part two is very much more a random access part. We have a chapter on in-class activities that are AI aware and out of class activities that are AI aware. We have a chapter on AI and reading, a chapter on AI and writing, a chapter on AI for tutoring, and so it’s much more about where do you see AI showing up in the particular pieces of your courses and your teaching, and what ideas can you get to help you make again more informed intentional choices in those particular aspects. We also have a chapter on AI and academic integrity, because that’s kind of the elephant in the room. [LAUGHTER]

Annette: …that’s the first thing everybody asks us at workshops.

Derek: So we put it last.

Marc: It is, yeah. yeah, yeah. You got to get through the book if you want to get to the last chapter.

Derek: Well, I do at least.

Annette: Yeah, yeah.

Rebecca: I like how it was almost an afterthought there, In the way that you’re presenting it, [LAUGHTER]like it really was an elephant in the room.

Derek: Yeah, because I feel like it’s where so many conversations start, but I don’t know that those conversations are always super productive. I think it’s much more productive to get more grounding in who our students are, what the tools are doing, what our goals are, and then once we’ve got some of that infrastructure, that kind of mental infrastructure in place, we’re in a much better position to make good choices about how we respond to academic integrity concerns.

Marc: Imagine that, approaching this from not an emotional standpoint, but one that’s actually based on evidence of those types of things. I kid, of course. I mean, look, a lot of people are at that really gut-wrenching situation three, almost four, years since ChatGPT was launched. I do think one of the goals that I had personally writing this book, too, was to figure out ways to help faculty move past that initial gut reaction of just thinking about ChatGPT, generative AIs, as a cheating tool, and to start thinking about more broadly about when is it acceptable to use this, when it is not. How can we articulate that to our students through our learning outcomes? And what we did, I think, a really good job in the book, too, is looking out at the world of academia, too, and finding wonderful examples from faculty in how they’re actually incorporating a lot of these different types of experiences for their students, and how they’re sort of wrestling with these questions too.

Annette: Yeah, absolutely. I do think that that’s really the most exciting part about this book, is that we feature so many really concrete, tested examples from teachers at community colleges, at research universities, teaching colleges, just like everywhere, and for a long time I ran our graduate training in the English department for teachers, and now I run faculty development for AI, and this book sort of answers a lot of questions of sources that I would like when I’m teaching those kinds of things, like what do I want to assign that gives a kind of theoretical background, and also that kind of trust students, acknowledges student agency, trusts teachers and their expertise in whatever disciplines they’re teaching in, because it is meant to be something that moves across disciplines, and then gives them a whole bunch of examples, and there’s not answers in there, but there’s a whole lot of things to adapt, and so hopefully that’s useful for working teachers.

John: As you’ve noted, one of the concerns that many faculty have is that students may use it in ways that are not conducive or supportive of their learning. And actually, Derek had a recent podcast where he was talking with some people in math, how earlier on it was easy to detect the use of AI, because AI tools often got things wrong, but that’s much less true today, especially for the paid versions and the deep thinking versions of these tools. So, what are some strategies that faculty can use to assess student learning and their skill development in a world where they have access to these increasingly capable AI tools?

[AWKWARD PAUSE]

Marc: Let’s keep the awkward pause in here… [LAUGHTER]

Annette: I do feel that awkward pause. [LAUGHTER]

Marc: I do. Well, I can take the lead here on this one, if you guys don’t mind, then I’ll hand it off. I think strategies are evolving. I think that how we are seeing these tools being deployed and marketed to students, too, is part of our awareness to see this sort of version of it too. AI detection is also changing alongside all these other tools as well. I’ve really leaned in personally for myself, and also included examples too, about emphasizing disclosure when AI is being used, both from the student perspectives, but I think it’s also important for faculty to start having these conversations themselves, too. We are not only seeing students use AI, we’re starting to see faculty now really adopt these in all parts of the course, including in some cases grading. So, if you’re going to use AI in that sort of manner, too, you probably want to think about disclosing it as just sort of a baseline expectation and giving some great examples about what, as I said, in a recent talk, too, there’s performative disclosure, there’s exhaustive disclosure, we give them everything, but then there’s authentic disclosure, where you want to have a conversation, we want to have a dialog about how AI is being used, because in some ways you’re genuinely curious about how this is actually being used by students, and if it can be able to support them, and there’s lots of analytics you can use with the course management system, too, to track student behavior. That’s one thing to kind of be there to just make it visible, but the main strategy there is that you really want to have a situation where you can have conversations with them in some way, shape, or form. That’s very difficult for a high enrollment class, or if you’re teaching six sections, which some of our faculty are doing, and can’t actually have those types of relationships,

Derek: I’ll add that what I hear fairly consistently from students through surveys and panels that I’ve been a part of is that they want some clarity on what the boundary lines are around what’s appropriate use of AI and what’s not, and there’s lots of different ways to try to communicate those boundary lines. There’s the AI assessment scale, which says for this assessment, these are the types of uses that are okay. You can do it at a course level and say it’s okay to use AI for figuring out a hard concept or brainstorming ideas, but you can’t use it for drafting, or you can use it for editing. We’ve seen lots of different examples of how faculty are helping to define those boundary lines for students. In some cases, to Marc’s point about good conversations, they are figuring out those boundary lines with their students through conversation. They’re kind of coming together to come up with good policies around this kind of thing. And I think, though, an important piece of this is that most students want to know kind of what’s allowed and what’s not allowed, right? That’s a big piece of it. But I think students are also concerned about what’s going to help my learning and what’s not going to help my learning, and they are not always in a good position to know what uses of AI are going to be conducive to their best learning. They’re novices, they’re figuring out how to learn. We may have a better idea of that. We may be figuring it out too, in many cases, because AI is so new, but it’s not just about how can we secure our assessments. And from the student’s perspective, it’s not just about how can I stay out of trouble, but there’s a strong element of how can we actually help learning happen in the ways that are meaningful, and figuring out those boundary lines together is one way to get at that shared goal that we and our students both have.

Annette: I think that’s important, that shared goal, because one of the things that we know from what students tell us about their experiences of AI in classes is that they are really frustrated about a lot of what’s happening in that there is lack of clarity in policies, most of what they see in policies is do not do this, rather than here’s some good ways to use AI, and they find that sometimes infantilizing, I think, and unrealistic, and then they also don’t like it when their peers are overusing AI, and that kind of cheapens their own experience and degree and their effort, and so they have a lot of feelings about it. Marc started out by saying, talking to students, I think that’s really the crucial thing, and I think there’s ways you can do that and certainly we talk about that in the book, you can do that in large lecture classes and through asynchronous surveys, all sorts of ways. It’s possible to hear from students in a lot of different ways, but I think that’s super important, and also one of the reasons why I said in the answer to the last question about student agency is that we need to make sure that students are getting what their goals are out of our classes, we have external goals and things that we want them to get out of classes, but they have their own goals, and they have their own interests in learning, as Derek mentioned. So, can we help them align those goals that they have to what we’re doing in the class, and help them articulate how this class is going to help them in the future, because our students are also nervous about job prospects and all sorts of things, and I think the more that we can lean into the fact that we’re there to support their learning, we can help all of those conceptual things. The other thing that we talk about in the book some is the University of Sydney two-lane assessment, which I think is a helpful framework, thinking about, on the one hand, secured assessment, and that is like proctored exams or things where you have a really clear idea that the person who is represented here in this space is the same person you’re assessing learning of this particular person, and then you’ve got a lot of spaces of open assessment where students are doing homework, low key, et cetera, they may or may not be able to use AI. And so, I think that one of the reasons why we get that question all the time, about like, how do you stop students from cheating, or whatever, in workshops, is that the labor that teachers are going through is so significant right now, and nobody wants to do the surveillance and policing, zero teachers want to do that, and trying to figure out how do you actually assess what a student is doing is so much work, and so if we can narrow that space down, and then let students play around a little bit more with here’s possible positive ways of using AI to enhance your learning, in ways that they may not necessarily know already. As Derek said, they want to work on their learning, but it’s not always clear what that looks like, and that’s part of why we have teaching experts in the room, that is us, right? So we’re giving all very complicated answers to this, and that’s because there is no silver bullet. We keep coming back to that in the book. There are no easy answers, and we do not give easy answers in this book, because they’re just aren’t present.

Marc: That’s absolutely right. And she also hit on something that I think we were all really attuned to, is the labor of this going through the sort of response to AI. Doesn’t matter if you want to engage AI to or refuse it to, you’re still going to have to really focus on work, and part of what we’ve been doing too is trying to find different strategies to support faculty, so that’s not so overwhelming, trying to think about even taking some steps from, like, Jim Lang’s small teaching moments to bring up these types of conversations, because we realize that not all faculty are going to have support from wonderful teaching and learning centers. Some faculty are going to be contingent and sometimes not have much support at all, too, and they still are going to want to practice some type of AI awareness with their class and their actual day to day lives, so labor, I think, is a really big one we’ve been talking about as we go through it.

Rebecca: I think one of the spaces we get a lot of questions is on the asynchronous online environment, in particular, because it’s extra challenging to figure out ways to do assessments or to do quick checks for learning in that environment where it’s completely vulnerable to AI in the ways that maybe we have historically done these things. Those that teach in in- class settings have moved to using blue books and some other things occasionally. What advice do you have for some faculty that are specifically in this asynchronous environment that are hitting some slightly different challenges than you might encounter in a face-to-face class.

Marc: I think the best piece of advice I could offer, because I drafted, I think, a chapter that we try to talk about this, is to breathe and not take this personally. It’s not against you, and there’s certain things you can control. Sometimes you have options with your modality you pick as a teacher, sometimes that’s picked for you, but you can also really search for ways that you are more present inside of your online class that makes it more embodied for yourself and for your students. I’m doing that myself now too, with my hybrid and online classes too, trying to be more there with them, having more conversations, and just also making myself more available to them too, because one thing that I think we’ve all noticed is that if you are doing an asynchronous course on autopilot, not only is that very prone to AI misuse, but also there’s a debate too, if you’re not there as the teaching expert, that you’re not there as the person in the room, too, what is necessarily being lost if a student is going to use AI in that context? So that does really reveal a lot of our practice that we’ve gone through to start thinking about it. For the security aspect, too, there are layers of things that you can do in these courses. You can, if you’d like to engage a lockdown browser for some assessment types, secure it. That’s not going to work for everything, but you can also switch over and think about doing a mix of video assignments. I do a lot of work instead of the discussion board in my online classes with videos. I don’t do the talking head thing anymore, too, where they just read a script, which, because that script is generally generated by AI, I have them actually write something or do something else there with, if they’re doing a multimodal project, share their screen and work in real time on the screen too, or they do a recording of that asynchronously, so I want them actually working in practice, showing me that process, because even the AI is involved in that too. They’re still working through those decisions, they’re still thinking about those things. So, there are some strategies we can use. They are going to be complicated. I do think we need a little bit more support from our course management systems to work with us, especially now that agentic AI is here. How many students know about agentic AI, I think is a very good question. I think most of them will associate generative AI with ChatGPT, just like Google is synonymous with search. I don’t think they’ve risen to the point, too, of they’re all going out to use agents to go through and crash their courses. I would actually say that faculty are maybe more aware of that than students are, which is a good thing to start thinking about where this is headed, but it is something to be thoughtful about as we go forward too, because as these systems become more and more advanced and also more autonomous in what they can do with the different workflows, it’s not just gonna be students that are going to be adopting them, we have news that Canvas is going to have an AI teaching agent there as well, with certain limitations and guardrails, but this is just sort of the start of this new version of working with these tools, and we need to start thinking about what sort of boundaries we want to put in place, both for students and for ourselves with them.

Derek: I think for the online space, as you say, Rebecca, the online asynchronous is kind of the perfect storm of AI problems. I’ve been thinking that there’s an impulse to try to solve that problem through better course design. If we can have more transparent learning objectives, if our assignments are more authentic, if we can combine those, so students know here’s why I’m doing this project, and here’s what I’m going to get out of it, and it aligns with my personal and professional goals. Those are all things that are going to help students resist an unhelpful use of AI and lean into the hard work of learning. I don’t think that’s sufficient. [LAUGHTER] I do think that’s necessary. I think that’s good teaching to begin with. I do think we also need to have a cybersecurity mindset that says there’s going to be bad actors who are using tools that are problematic, and we’re going to need help from our IT infrastructure to figure out how we can block things and prevent things. I think there’s sometimes an impulse just to do that, right? Like somehow we can technology our way out of this problem. I really do think we need both. I think we need better curricula that better align with students’ goals in more transparent ways, and we also need to think about the technology tools that we’re going to use. So, one of the metaphors I think I shared with our author group was the notion of a locked door, so I have a locked door in the front of my house. It’s my understanding I haven’t tried this, it’s my understanding that with about an hour and a few simple tools and YouTube, any one of us could figure out how to pick the lock on the front of my door. The technology itself is not super secure, but it communicates to anyone coming by, you’re not supposed to just walk in my house, you need to ask first, and so sometimes it’s tempting to think about the kind of anti-cheating technologies as like a secure barrier, like we’re going to keep out all of the cheating, we’re not going to keep out all the cheating, we’re going to keep out some of the cheating, but we’re also going to communicate what those boundary lines to students are a lot more clearly to say these are signals we give to students to say don’t do this and please do this instead. The research on academic integrity says most students don’t cheat because they’re evil people, [LAUGHTER] mostly it’s because of the current environmental situation that they’re facing. And so if we can create those signals and boundary lines that help students make a better choice in the moment, I think that’s a lot of the good that we can do in this case.

Annette: I love that metaphor of Derek’s. I think it’s really helpful, but one of the things that signals is not only to the students who would be cheaters, who might, if it were just a little bit easier, make a different decision, but it’s also indicating to students that their fellow students are getting the same message, and so there is a “here in this space we respect academic integrity, and that means you should also feel comfortable doing the real work and leaning into the hard work of learning,” as Derek said, because they do feel like suckers if they’re doing that hard work and their peers are not, even if it’s not on a curve, you know, whatever, there’s like that deep inherent feeling of unfairness, so I think that’s really crucial. Marc brought up the point of agentic AI, and how that might be more of an issue in online teaching, and that maybe faculty are more aware of it now than students, which is maybe a good space for us to be thinking about that. One of the reasons why I feel like I’m not as worried about agentic AI is that it is so clearly an academic integrity violation. Something else is impersonating you and doing the work of you on a platform, which isn’t to say that it won’t happen, of course it’s happening even now, but that casual, like, is this or is this not against the policy? It’s really against the policy you survey students, and they’re like, “No, flat out, that is just absolutely wrong,” versus, “well, this policy says no AI, but it doesn’t go into details, and I did some brainstorming, but I didn’t use it for writing,” like that is “who knows, like maybe,” they weren’t really specific. So I think that’s more the space that when we talk to students, we can help them think through, “Okay, this is why I really don’t want you to use AI for brainstorming… for these specific reasons here, and maybe it’s good in other contexts, but not here.” And so this is why I think agentic AI, certainly we should be paying attention to it, but I just do not envision a future in which all college students are absolutely botting their way through their degrees.

John: You talk about a number of strategies that can be used in terms of getting student buy-in to reduce the excessive reliance on AI, but are there any other strategies that you can think of that might be able to deter students from using AI in ways that are harmful?

Derek: So, I can think of a couple more. We’ve talked about the big ones around having transparency with students about learning objectives and what they’re going to gain out of this learning experience, we’ve talked about more authentic assignments that kind of connect more with students’ interests. I think a lot of faculty are experimenting with alternative grading schemes that are changing the motivational landscape for students and giving them more opportunities to revise and resubmit and try again. That’s going to take some of the high stakes away that might lead students to take shortcuts. Again, not a silver bullet, but it’s part of those environmental factors. We talked about online courses, and it’s easy sometimes to forget that even in online courses our students are humans with bodies in real physical environments, and so I’m seeing some faculty start to think creatively, like Marc was saying, about how could we do some process tracking where they are doing some work, and it’s recorded, or are there assignments that are going to get them out of their laptop zone and into the real world to do something that’s connected to your course? Again, not a silver bullet, but adding that to our mix of engagements, I think, can help students shy away from shortcuts. And the other thing I would say is, I referred to this earlier, students are learning how to learn when we encounter them. We are probably better learners than they are, maybe not in all cases, but we’re experienced academics, we’re pretty good at learning. AI is changing how we approach learning in our own disciplines, but what I would argue for is giving students more opportunities to do some metacognitive work, reflecting on their own learning in our courses, and thinking about how they used AI. Was it helpful? Was it not helpful? They had to read a hard chapter this week. What were the strategies they used to make it through that hard chapter? Which strategies were more or less helpful for that? And some of those strategies may involve AI, and some may not. Our students are going to go, and they’re going to have access to AI tools when they leave us. Hopefully, we can equip them to use those tools with some level of discernment, and that involves some self knowledge and some metacognitive thinking, and so I think we should start to build those opportunities in our courses for students.

Rebecca: Well, you’ve teed this up nicely, Derek. Thinking about the workplace and how AI is used in the workplace, are there ways that we should be rethinking or adjusting our learning objectives for our courses to either cycle out some skills or particular things that maybe were in there before, and put in some new things. I think at the top, Annette, you talked a little bit about a moment to reflect on [LAUGHTER] learning objectives and potentially take it as an opportunity to revise.

Annette: Yeah, absolutely. Derek used the word discernment, and that’s a word we really hooked into in the book, is thinking about how students can exercise careful judgment about when to use AI, when not to use AI. We all know a dozen examples of contexts in which people have used AI in places that are absolutely inappropriate, either for human means, either for signing off on something that shouldn’t have been signed off on, hallucinations, inaccuracies, all sorts of things, and I feel like my goal is to have students [LAUGHTER] not do that, like don’t put us in the headlines, you know,[LAUGHTER] which I think is something that goes over well with administrators at any university. But, really it’s like, how do you make good judgment on what AI looks like when you go into the workplace, and there are so many workplaces that really are leaning in, and it is kind of unregulated in a lot of ways. It’s surreptitious, it’s tacit, it’s the secret cyborg that Ethan Mollick talks about, and so I think it is really important for students to not just like, “here’s how you do prompt engineering,” but something that’s much more sophisticated about how are you supplementing the knowledge that you have when you’re using these tools.

Marc: Yeah, the goal with discernment, too. I mean, I’ll just give you an example, too. I just spoke with our law school, and they are getting a lot of interesting signals from the legal industry about how they want AI to be used and not used. You can actually go on to the AI hallucination case database. Someone’s actually set this up. There’s 1300 hallucinated cases, along with the sanction that the judge, who, of course, was very upset, found out AI was used in a way that created fictitious case law. So there is that issue too, of using AI inappropriate.

Derek: And just to clarify, these are real lawyers who have submitted briefs to courts where there were hallucinated content in those briefs, and they were caught on it and called out and punishment. And there’s a website that tracks all this, and I think it’s just a weird, strange world we’re living in, where that continues to happen, and someone is tracking all of that.

Marc: Indeed, yeah. And to make it even stranger now, the opposite end of the spectrum is they’re hearing from a lot of corporate interests too, is that when they go to bill them for their hours, they want to have AI listed there, not as disclosure for hallucinations, but how much money did you save us by using AI, or did you use enough AI. So there are some really wild mixed signals, depending on what your discipline is, about what your industry is, as well, too. And helping students navigate that is a big challenge. Helping faculty now navigate those questions, too. It’s like, okay, do I need my students to learn about AI to avoid hallucinations? Oh, wait, you have to learn about AI because you’re being billed for it if you don’t use it enough. So, it’s really fascinating just to see this play out. That’s just one example. We have this in different industries too. I’ve talked with folks in hospitality management. AI is a massive tool in that industry right now, and they’re having some issues that they’re doing this with too much AI for the audience and upsetting them too, but also, having that same sort of situation too, where your company you’re working with, or you’re supposed to be working with, is demanding you use AI to cut overhead. So it is going to be a challenge to navigate, for sure.

Rebecca: So, are we revising our learning objectives?

Derek: I think, to Marc’s point, I think it depends a lot on the discipline that you’re in and how things are shaking out. So, like in computer science, the goal of learning how to write basic code is less important now. The goal of figuring out how to evaluate the quality of some other code that you’ve been given, whether it was written by a human or an AI or not, the kind of reading and evaluating code that’s more important now. Over in a writing class, though, writing the first draft is kind of the equivalent to drafting that code, right? Is writing the first draft not important because AI can do it? I don’t think so. I think the ideation and brainstorming that happens during that first draft is super important, and so similar moves with AI in different disciplines may be thought of very differently in those disciplines because of kind of what’s under the surface there, and so that’s why I think a lot of these conversations, around learning objectives in particular, need to happen within the disciplines and within the fields, particularly if those disciplines are having some conversations with how the workforce is changing.

Annette: One of the things that we talk about in the writing chapter, to kind of extend a little bit what Derek was talking about, is that there are different important aspects of the intellectual process across different aspects of writing, so I teach in an English department, and that means that that ideation, the brainstorming, the writing is kind of the argument, and that’s the work. I also spent eight years working in a neuroscience lab, and in that lab I did some of the writing. That was inconsequential, because, like, I didn’t design the experiments, I didn’t, I mean, sometimes I actually did sleep deprive [LAUGHTER] the rats, but I didn’t really do the work, the intellectual work of the lab, and so I didn’t get an authorship credit, rightly so. And so when we look across disciplines, it is really important. This is why we keep saying in the book, we trust you to figure this out, is like you have to think about like what is the intellectual work that’s happening in your class and in your discipline and for your students, so that you can pinpoint that intellectual work and make sure that it’s enhanced or at least not undermined by AI. And then maybe, such as what Marc is talking about with the legal profession, you need to integrate AI or help students think about how they might thoughtfully do that, because they’ll need to have that skill moving forward,

John: And by connecting to what people in the fields where students are likely to go into when they graduate, it can create more authentic learning opportunities where students are using AI in the same way they might be expecting to use it later, I think. We’ve talked a little bit about all the concerns that faculty have, but there’s lots of ways in which AI might be useful to assist with student learning. Can you talk a little bit about some ways in which AI tools can be helpful in increasing student learning?

Derek: So, I’ll jump in. I’ve had a journey on this, because I feel like when I started writing with these two, I was the like all in on AI, and let’s use it to augment our teaching and then create new learning experiences for students. The more I went through the writing process, the more I’ve talked with faculty this past year, the more mixed I am, and the more kind of avoiding AI piece has been a much more important to think about, like we do want to protect the space for students to learn in meaningful ways. That said, here’s my current metaphor for thinking about this. [LAUGHTER] You’ve probably heard of the forklift in the gym metaphor. If you want to move weights around in the gym, you don’t bring a forklift in and move them, you go in and you lift your weights. That’s the point of the exercise, is for you to do it and to let your muscles get that strength training. Yes, the forklift will move the weights, but that’s not the point. Some uses of AI are like that, they are doing the work for students, they are moving the weights for students, and the students aren’t getting anything out of that. But I would argue that there’s another machine that actually you do find in gyms, which is the treadmill. I’m a runner, when I want to run and it’s 35 degrees outside and raining, I don’t want to run outside, I want to go to the gym and run on a treadmill. The treadmill is not doing the work for me, but it is creating conditions under which I can do the work, and so those are the uses of AI that I was initially drawn to, and I continue to be drawn to. How can we use AI in ways that are going to create new learning opportunities for students without robbing them of the exercise themselves? And so that’s things like having students critique the output of some AI chatbot that’s doing some task associated with your course. It gives them a chance to practice the knowledge and skills they’re building. This can be a tricky assignment if the AI does too good of a job in whatever you’ve asked it to do. There may not be enough to critique, but lots of faculty are finding places or particular AI tools that still have kind of big flaws in them. We have one example in our book of a math faculty member who had an AI generate flawed proofs to mathematical statements, and the student’s job was to evaluate those proofs. That’s a great opportunity for practice. Other faculty are having AI give feedback to the students on their work, and I think you have to do that in a thoughtful way, so that students aren’t just kind of taking the AI feedback. As gospel, that they are in a position where they can question that, maybe compare that to feedback they’re getting from their peers on a particular assignment. You also don’t want to kind of abdicate your own role of giving students feedback, so thinking of AI-generated feedback as one step in a process that later involves you giving feedback to your students. But well-designed prompts to AI can generate really useful and actionable feedback for students, and so that’s a treadmill kind of thing. And I guess the third big category I would mention is custom AI chatbots that are designed to simulate certain types of interactions or conversations for students, so that they can practice talking to a client or talking to a patient, or what have you. That’s a treadmill kind of use of AI, and a lot of faculty are having a lot of success with that, in part, because the fuzziness and unpredictability of an AI chatbot becomes a feature, not a bug, of that type of activity. The fact that it’s unreliable and contradicts itself is okay, because that often happens in the types of professional settings that we’re preparing students to enter.

Annette: One additional thing I think teachers are doing, which is super exciting, and I saw evidence of this in the faculty development seminar that I teach at University of Pittsburgh, is teachers are starting to basically vibe code their own apps that are supporting learning, which is just amazing to see, actually, because here is this opportunity to create this nichey little thing that is not going to be served by some big platform and subscription blah blah blah, it’s like I teach this particular really difficult concept. It draws on these different databases and government websites, and blah blah blah. We always have trouble with it. Students struggle to put this all together. It’s really hard to visualize, etc. Or you can ask Claude to make up a cool interface where students can play around with it, and then actually really get a good sense of this complex thing that I try to teach. Or here’s this visualization thing in a science class of we’re looking at a sample on their microscope, and you can change it into a diagram, and that can make it a little more easy for students to tell what it is, label the parts, things like that, and those kinds of real-time transitions across modes, say from image to diagram, or the interfaces. I hope that we see an explosion of those kinds of teaching tools that teachers are able to innovate with using AI on the back end, then, so, like, students aren’t directly using AI, but they’re interacting with the results of AI.

Marc: Yeah, I think for me the easiest way to start is to define AI’s role in the sort of relationship you have with your own teaching, and also set that up for your students to give it a specific role, develop rapport with your students, that level of trust as you go through this to see if this is effective in their learning outcomes. I am a little bit concerned about the fact too that some students have very expensive subscriptions to certain AI tools and services, while others are using the free plan, and what that’s going to do for assessment, and also equity and accessibility issues too, going forward. But you only get to find that out if they’re talking to you about this, if they’re doing this openly, and so when you have that rapport set up there too, like I’m doing right now, my advanced class about AI and society, my students are now given free rein to design things that they like with AI, after knowing about it too, and showing me and teaching me how they’re using these tools to learn, which I think is really cool, and as Annette mentioned, too, a lot of them are vibe coding now with Claude, which is just wild. When we were doing this six months ago, too, Claude really wouldn’t do a very good job. You do some very simple sort of things. Now we have some students vibe coding entire simulations of video games that are pretty impressive, and actual apps too. And teachers can do the same. So, once you’re comfortable with it, once you have that rapport there too, you can really start going into the creative possibilities about what AI can do to help. The challenge there is that there isn’t kind of a limit to it. It’s very hard to basically say where this learning stops with the technology when you can design so many different things based off of your imagination, and that is something to just kind of be thoughtful about, too, because it is a lot to just kind of press faculty on as well, especially if there are just one or two different use cases. Well, it’s this technology’s like clay, throw it on a pot, you can really turn it into anything that you want. And my response from some people have been like, “that’s a lot to take in,” like, “yes, it is.”

Rebecca: Just don’t forget to ask for accessibility features when you’re vibe coding,

Marc: Exactly, exactly. It’s a big thing.

Rebecca: So, we’ve talked a little bit about, well we’ve talked a lot about ways that generative AI might be able to be used to enhance student learning. In some of those discussions, we’ve talked a little bit about how it might also support teaching. Do you have any additional examples on how AI might be used to enhance our teaching?

Marc: Yeah, I’ll give you one that I’ve been using personally, that, like many faculty, I think I was in a bit of a secondary sprint here to try to bring my courses up to Title II compliance, and we got a reprieve that was sort of last minute, but it’s only a year-long rep, so we are still going to have to make sure our additional materials are fully accessible to be compliant with federal law. And I actually used a version of Claude to go through some of my course materials, and set it up to look at the different accessibility guidelines. I thought I’d done a very good job six months ago, and it turns out that no, I missed quite a few things, and it was actually very good to have that sort of experience for an AI tool to go through and sort of check your work. So, I think having AI as a tool that could sort of audit certain things – accessibility is one of them too – but also going through some of my course learning outcomes and seeing the ways that an AI system might look at that and compare it to a different university’s course learning outcomes. How up to speed am I and my peer institutions, and give me some options. I really do think if we were using AI iteratively, we can kind of make sure that we are the ones that are staying in the driver seat, if you will, and really center both not only student agency but in this case, teacher agency, to make sure that they’re making the right choices, and giving yourself some good options with AI to go through that process can be very helpful, and in my case, very eye-opening to me about these types of situations. I will say, my course, I had really done is one of my summer courses that I had not run in about two years. [LAUGHTER] I was just like, “oh yeah, I did that,” and no, I did not actually revisit that for accessibility concerns from two years ago. So AI can do quite a bit.

Annette: Yeah, like Marc, I’m very excited about the possibilities of AI to augment all of the details of teaching that we do, not the kind of human connection and the grading and the assessment and the reading and that kind of thing, but I think Marc’s example about how to make a course more accessible is excellent. The other thing I’ve been using right now is we have an institutional subscription to Claude, and I’ve used the MS 365 connector now, which basically hooks Claude up to my Outlook on my email, and what I found is having semantic search on my email is like a game changer. It’s just like I can ask questions of 15 years of emails and folders and all sorts of things, but I can ask questions of it that help me summarize conversations that are revived. It helps me right now think about my year-end report, like reporting that we have to do. How much time did I spend and what did I forget about the things that I did? Inevitably, you always forget things, and Claude is helping me locate those things right now. I have colleagues who have used Claude to design things that help fix the somewhat broken scheduling system that they have to deal with. It’s all these things that are super essential to the infrastructure of how a university runs, but there’s a lot of technologies that are either too big, clunky, they aren’t specific to whatever things that we need to do, and I think that I absolutely agree with Marc that the more we’re practicing these things as faculty, the better we are at understanding their limitations, their possibilities, and these are things too, like if I had a secretary, then I guess it would be replacing my secretary, but I don’t. This isn’t like undermining the intellectual work that I do as a professor. It’s not putting somebody out of a job, but it is really making my reporting more accurate and better. And so I think it’s important to recognize those possibilities.

Rebecca: I think that gets back to something you guys were talking about earlier, and using it to do some of the tasks, but it’s not the intellectual work of being a faculty member.

Marc: It’s also not the relationship aspect, too. That’s the big thing that, to me, again, part of AI awareness is just where are you going to put some boundaries in place, too. I use these tools all the time, like Annette does, but there are certain things I don’t want to do with my students. I’ve told them I’m not going to do this to write letters of recommendation, I’m not going to use it to answer emails, I’m also not going to use it to grade. Those are my sort of boundaries. Other people are going to be very different what they set up, but to me the best thing to do is just put yourself in conversation with that and start considering where you are going to draw the line and why.

Annette: And the other thing to note, too, that what I love about the way that Marc is talking about this is he’s really open with his students about that, like I’m not going to use it to grade, I’m not going to use it to do this, and I do think that as we ask our students to be transparent with their uses, it’s really important for us to be transparent with them about the uses that we have of AI, and I think they have some suspicions, they are frustrated, they’re interested. The students have all sorts of feelings about faculty uses of AI, and we need to take that into account when we use them. But I don’t think the students would care about me using AI in my email, [LAUGHTER] not for the writing of emails. I don’t use it for the writing of emails, but like for searching, like what are all the things I did for this committee for my department.

Marc: Now they’re not going to care about that, they’re going to care about the writing of emails. I agree, and you know the big thing to think about too, and I know we’re kind of dragging on the question, but this fall it’s going to be four years that high school students have had complete access to ChatGPT to generative AI coming forward. They’re not just going to be Plato exiting the cave, they never were entering our classes. They’re going to have experience using these tools, resisting these tools, and having that. And having this sort of conversation with them too, I think, is really important to think about their own agency when it comes to using or not using AI.

John: And the things you’ve discussed are ways where we can free up some time, so that we can have more time to devote to students, but there might be also some ways in which we could use AI directly to perhaps improve our teaching. One of the things I’ve done with faculty is have them use AI tools to help put their assignments in a TILT framework to make it more transparent to students, because we know what we mean when we ask students to do an assignment, but they don’t always know that, and that can be a nice way of evaluating it, to have an AI tool read it from the perspective of a student and put it in terms that may be meaningful, or perhaps to evaluate a syllabus for inclusive language and things that might get past us without the use of an AI tool, or use it to suggest some active learning exercises if we were mostly doing lectures, for people who want to move away from that, but aren’t quite as comfortable.

Marc: Yeah, absolutely. And there is an element of humility in that, too. You’re asking a system to help you perform your job, and that is something that I’ve talked with a lot of faculty about, that for them, they’re like, “no, I’m not going to do this,” but like, try it. Here’s an exercise, see if it is. And generally, there is that sort of aha moment when we do this in a workshop. They’re like, “oh, wow, so yeah, this is actually kind of helpful for me.” This is something I might take back and show to my colleagues and help them understand what’s going on too.

Rebecca: So we always wrap up by asking, what’s next?

Derek: I’m excited that the book is coming out this summer. That’s a big what’s next for me, I think, to help support that and to continue these conversations. I’ve been reaching out to a lot of the faculty whose work we mentioned in the book to have them on my Intentional Teaching podcast, and so I’m excited to continue some of these conversations in this audio format this summer.

Marc: Like Derek, I’m very excited about the book too, trying to plan what level of support that I can bring to faculty from a lot of these examples that we go out there to do lots of workshops and also lots of different engagements, both internally here at my university and also externally too. So happy to see that basically pop up and be out there in the world too, starting this summer for the ebook, and then the print book will be out at some point in time, early in the fall.

Annette: I’m excited, also like my co-authors, about the book being done. It’s always a big project, as Marc said at the beginning here, it’s a real sprint, it was a really intensive timeline. To take a commercial publisher and get something from conception to publication in less than a year is unbelievable, which is kind of the pace of AI, and it shows Norton’s priority for the book, too, which I was happy about. So, yeah, what’s next is, well, I’m working on an academic monograph about a long history of AI, and so I’m excited to do that. I feel like we learned so much in the process of writing the book, like all of the different worked examples from the teachers. I really am so grateful for the teachers that were happy to share those examples with us and with other teachers through this book. What I’d really like to do is I’ve been integrating some of those examples again with permission and workshops and things like that, and then to do that work at home too at Pitt and think more cutting edge about what we can do with the technologies that we have access to locally, and how I can work with the incredible colleagues that I have here at Pitt, and the students, how we might further student research too, which I’ve been working on here at Pitt too. So I’m excited about that next chapter, and I really am excited to learn more from other teachers, especially with the new innovations with vibe coding and all those kinds of experiments. I think we are on the precipice of some other hopefully interesting pivots in the ways that we approach education.

John: Well, thank you for joining us. We really enjoyed the conversation, and we’re really looking forward to seeing the book when it comes out. In fact, we’ve listed it as a reading group we’ll be running on campus in the fall, so we’re especially looking forward to seeing the final version.

Rebecca: Well, thanks. This was really great.

Annette: Thank you so much.

Marc: Thank you, guys. I appreciate it.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

John: Editing Assistance provided by Madison Lee.

[MUSIC]

432. Inside Mindful Teaching

In challenging times, it is very easy for educators to be distracted from what we value most in our work. In this episode, Roberta Schnorr joins us to discuss how mindfulness practice can help us bring our authentic selves to our classrooms.

 Roberta was, until her retirement, one of our colleagues at SUNY Oswego. Her professional career spanned 40 years, including nearly a decade in public schools, over 25 years directing a graduate program in SUNY Oswego’s School of Education, and she has been a mindfulness practitioner for 20 years. She has taught and facilitated mindfulness in community settings, including a prison and a public library.

Show Notes

  • Schnorr, Roberta (2026). Inside Mindful Teaching. Mantra Books
  • Roberta Schnorr’s website
  • Apps/websites recommended by Roberta:
    • Insight Timer – many choices, with an option to save favorites. Use the search tool to see topics in the library. Perhaps search for types, like Breath or Body Scan or Anxiety. A few to search for and try out: Relaxing your Mind (9 minute guided breath practice), Getting Grounded (15 min) by Kaira Jewel Lingo, A Pause for Presence (11 minutes) by Tara Brach, Basic Body Scan and Breath practice (11 minutes) by Tara Brach, Safe Place Imagery (10 min) by Dan Roberts.
    • Plum Village App – (Offered by Plum VIllage, Buddhist community, but most practices are focused on Mindfulness with secular language). Suggestions to explore: Meditations→Deep Relaxation→15 minute offering from Sr True Dedication, Meditations→Guided Meditations→Short Meditations→Mindfulness of the body by Br Phap Dung, Meditations→Guided Meditations→scroll down to More Guided Meditations→ Learning to be a Human Being by Br. Phap Dung or What’s Not Going Wrong? by Kaira Hewel Lingo
    • Tara Brach’s Website – free web-based guided practice
    • Happier Meditation (formerly known as 10% Happier) – Dan Harris – paid app
    • Calm – paid app
    • Sean Fargo’s Top Guided Meditations

Transcript

John: In challenging times, it is very easy for educators to be distracted from what we value most in our work. In this episode, we discuss how mindfulness practice can help us bring our authentic selves to our classrooms.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

John: Our guest today is Roberta Schnorr. Roberta was, until her retirement, one of our colleagues at SUNY Oswego. Her professional career spanned 40 years, including nearly a decade in public schools, over 25 years directing a graduate program in SUNY Oswego’s School of Education, and she has been a mindfulness practitioner for 20 years. She has taught and facilitated mindfulness in community settings, including a prison and a public library. Welcome, Roberta.

Roberta: Thank you so much for having me, John and Rebecca. I’m just delighted to be here.

John: We’re happy to talk to you. It’s been a while. We’re glad to reconnect.

Roberta: Yeah, it’s great to catch up.

Rebecca: Today’s teas are:… Roberta, are you drinking tea with us today?

Roberta: You bet. Yogi ginger tea, my favorite, in my favorite tea mug with the reminder from Lennon and McCartney to let it be.

Rebecca: Love it.

John: Very nice.

Rebecca: How about you, John?

John: I am drinking a ginger peach green tea today.

Rebecca: I am drinking an Awake tea right now.

John: …which is probably good. [LAUGHTER] It’s been a long day for you.

Rebecca: It has been.

John: So we’ve invited you here today to discuss your forthcoming book, Inside Mindful Teaching, which will be available around the time when the podcast is released. What do you mean by mindfulness, to set the stage for the discussion?

Roberta: Thanks for asking. It’s a term that’s become quite common this day and age, and I think it has many meanings. By mindfulness, I mean that I want to cultivate both my attention, to be attentive to my actual life and my intention of how I want to be in this life, it really is a way of seeing and being in life. Mindfulness practices help me to grow my presence and to notice when I’m present or when I’m maybe stuck in a story about the past, whether it was 10 minutes ago or 10 years ago, reliving a meeting I just came from, or planning too much and getting caught in worries about the future, and bring myself back to the direct experience of this moment right now. So that’s kind of my working definition.

Rebecca: Can you talk a little bit about the origin story of your book and how your own mindful practice maybe has led to or influenced your book.

Roberta: Yeah, so let me start with my own practice, because that was the piece that came first. Like many people that choose to pursue a mindfulness practice, mine was prompted by a period of deep suffering and confusion. Who was Bobbi before mindfulness, who was Roberta? I was fast paced. I was an over functioner. I was productive and rewarded for it. I was over scheduled. I focused on doing, doing, doing and to hold that all up, I was really focused on being in control of a lot of pieces. When I was nearly 50, something happened, and something came up that disrupted that, and I fell apart. It was really an emotional falling apart, and I couldn’t operate from that anymore, and I felt helpless, I felt terrified, I felt very ungrounded. So I did the wise thing and I went to therapy. And during that period, I began meditating on my own based on some reading I was doing, and within just a couple of weeks, I was experiencing benefits of the practice. I wasn’t cured by any means, but I would experience after a mindfulness setting, when, for me, there were no apps, I was just like trying to learn to sit with my breath for five minutes, and then 10, and then 15, and I would get some relief. So I kept doing it, and then I began having some experiences of shared mindfulness practice in yoga classes at that time. And I co-started, co-began a local mindfulness group that meets weekly. We still meet weekly, and had benefit from that kind of shared energy of mindfulness with others as well, and went on some retreats. So those were the beginnings of my mindfulness practice, birthed during this time of deep confusion and suffering. It’s interesting, when that question comes up, I realize now that the seeds of this book were also being watered during that period, that very early period, although I had no intention of writing a book. I was surviving my experience, and one element was my therapy. While my therapist used different language, he didn’t talk about mindfulness, essentially, he was inviting me to be more mindful in my life. He was inviting me to carry out what he called experiments in different spheres of my life, which were primarily my family life and my teaching, and asking me to see what happens if I just showed up without trying to be so in control. Could I just trust and show up and respond and see how that goes, see how people respond to that. That felt pretty vulnerable, but I really trusted this guy. He was a very skillful person, and he was helping me, so I was taking baby steps into these experiments, and interestingly, they went well sometimes. [LAUGHTER] So those were some of my very first explorations of mindfulness in my teaching. I hadn’t labeled it as that. At the same time, I was just beginning as part of a writing group. These were eight women, all professors in the School of Education. We still meet. We meet monthly to share writing, to respond to one another’s writing. And because I was in that writing group, I began processing my experience through writing. I’d never been a person who journaled, but I started to write short pieces, personal pieces, and journal type pieces about experiences I was having. And then I eventually became brave and floated one to writing group, and it was received so beautifully and so tenderly, and I felt so supported. That writing group became another place for me to share more of my authentic self and practice with this direction. And then, as I really made a commitment to focusing on mindfulness in my teaching, as I had done more healing, I continued to write about those experiences for myself. It was a way for me to pay attention to what was happening in my teaching and to document it. In a way, they were like field notes… I’m a qualitative researcher, just for me. And I would share those with writing group from time to time. And they were all teaching. They’re all professors, and they resonated with them, and they really encouraged me to keep going and just write and get it down, and eventually, really encouraged me to share it with a broader audience. So I would say you can blame writing group for the book. [LAUGHTER]

John: Writing groups can be very powerful experiences, very productive experiences in keeping people moving forward in their projects. So, as you adopted mindfulness practices, how did that begin to affect your teaching and your interaction with students and classes?

Roberta: This is going to be a long answer. There’s a lot to this, and I really want to share some details in a bigger picture with our listeners. So first of all, there were observable ways that my teaching changed. I was slowed down in my body, my speech. There were more pauses in our class, still within a decent pace and flow as I facilitated. Our transitions were less rushed. We tried to do one thing at a time and then have some closure. There was more space for student interaction, for student sharing. But the biggest change is that mindfulness really reoriented my relationship to my teaching, and out of this long process of writing and reflection and experimentation, three insights emerged for me that I understand are essential for my mindful teaching. One is my professional knowledge, pedagogy skills that I bring to this teaching world, this teaching life. The second is this mindfulness of my inner experience. This is about the body sensations I experience, and the feelings and thoughts that can emerge from those. And the third is something I call intention, and intention is kind of a compass that helps me to stay on track with making my teaching offering a wholesome one. So I’d like to take a couple of minutes and unpack each of those for you and our listeners. So let me just begin with professional knowledge and skills. Like many professors, teachers, this was in the forefront. This was my identity. This was what I was bringing to my teaching. It dominated my relationship with my teaching in some good ways, but now I realize also with some limitations, I was pretty attached to people getting [LAUGHTER] my stuff. I was preparing special educators. It’s a complex professional role, and my question about what I was offering for myself was, what do special educators need to know, understand and be able to do to fulfill this complex role? There’s an overwhelming amount of stuff that good special educators need to know and be able to do. Mindfulness helped me to distill that, to figure out what are the essential elements for beginning special educators. On a practical level, I really cut back on how much we were doing each semester and in each class session. I cut down on the number of assessments that were required of students. These actions created more space and lessened the anxiety for myself and for my students. So that’s the first one. Professional knowledge and skills, still a piece of my framework, still important, my relationship to it has changed. The second element is mindfulness of my inner experience. Well, this was new territory that began emerging in therapy. This is about me first recognizing, just being aware of this feeling in my gut or my chest or whatever, this tension in my neck that’s arising, and be conscious of whatever feelings or thoughts might be rising out of that. Be able to recognize it, allow it to some degree, not push it down, run away from it, and then grow the ability to be able to be with it, to work with it without being overwhelmed, distracted, or to have my decision making derailed and be pulled around by my anxiety and operate out of more reactivity than thoughtful responses. These emotions still visit me regularly, I’m sorry to say, [LAUGHTER] but I can now be with them, and I have a different way of relating to them, and I have practices. So one thing is, I learned they come up in the flow of your teaching. I can’t stop and go sit on the cushion and take care of them for 10 minutes. So it’s just a matter of naming that anger and letting it know I’ll come back to you, but we’re going to move on with class. It’s not a cure. Sometimes I have to tolerate there’s still some discomfort as I continue to teach, but I’m not going to let that take over and then later on in the evening, or the next time I get some time to sit and practice, I can get curious about that maybe, and say, “Whoa. Where did that anger come from? What was that about?” I’m not sure it was about that student’s remark. What was that about? And try to have a deeper understanding. I’ll tell you one of the ways I talked about this. In 2013 I was diagnosed with cancer. My daughters were then college students, and one of the things I said to them, as we were all kind of experiencing fear, was: ‘Your job is not to control fear. Fear is going to be on the bus. You don’t have to try to kick fear off the bus or prevent fear from being on the bus, it’s going to be on the bus. Your job is, do not let fear drive the bus.” And that became our way of talking about allowing and managing this thing that was part of our experience. So this ability to be connected to my inner experience and grow some skillfulness with it is really foundational to my mindful teaching. The third element that I call intention, was the last thing to fully emerge in this process. The first part was there, and that is about this question, how do I want to impact my students, learning both now and in the future? And I had a pretty good idea about that, and that’s a broad question. That’s a broad intention. It’s more than graduating and getting a college degree. It’s more than getting a teaching certificate. It’s more than passing an exam. My response to that in my teaching work was, I want to prepare teachers who bring both the will and the skills to help all students maximize their capacities in inclusive learning environments. That’s a high order. Special educators serve a wide range of kids with a lot of learning characteristics, but that was the vision and intention, the aspiration and the vision I saw for my students as they were teaching in their teaching careers. Over time, part two emerged, and it was a different kind of question. That question was, “Who do I aspire to be as a teacher?” The first question was about, what I know when all the professional content and pedagogy and skills. This question was about being, so my response to that question, as I reflected on it and worked on it in this mindful teaching journey, became, “As a mindful educator, I want to make my best offering to all of my students from a place of presence and connection.” I think each educator has to sit with those questions themselves and figure out what they are specific to their teaching role and their aspiration. But for me, if I stay in touch with those questions, they become more internalized and they kind of serve as a compass. When I reflect before in my preparation, or during or after class or a meeting, an interaction, I know right away when things feel right, when I’ve mostly met my intention, and I know right away when I was not able to meet my intention, it feels wrong. So the question is, can I still bring some kindness to that, especially for myself, so that I can reflect and have some curiosity and maybe learn something from that? Were there conditions that I could have worked with better to be better prepared, or was my capacity low that day, whatever, and the very least, can I then also kind of let it go and move forward and not get stuck in it, so that I can begin anew. So those are the three elements of what I think are my real reorientation to my relationship with teaching as a result of bringing mindfulness, making it central to my teaching.

Rebecca: Can you talk about taking time to reflect on your practice and digest those feelings that you were having, and then intentionally making choices about reducing the content that you’re covering, thinking more about the essentials and having more room in a class, and then also thinking about all the things that you’ve identified. How did that really change your relationship with students? What does that look like? How is that different than it was before?

Roberta: Well, I think the first word that comes to mind is it’s more authentic. It’s more human. Our relationship has to be framed also about this professional journey they’re on, and the standards and things about that, but it’s not defined only by that. I think we can see each other’s humanity, and I can allow more of my humanity to be seen and to be felt in this relationship. I can be more open to seeing them as people and hearing what’s going on in their life. It doesn’t change the criteria for what we need to accomplish on this path professionally, but I think it can create a more nurturing and supportive relationship for teaching and learning, but just as people on a path together, on a journey together. It’s really helped me be a better mentor.

Rebecca: How does that differ from the relationship many faculty have with students that are not doing mindful teaching.

Roberta: Well, I can only speak for myself, because there was a long period I wasn’t doing mindful teaching. I’ll give you some examples of what it was like before. And before, I think that many students were nervous about how I might respond. Some students could go with this energy I was bringing, and they were comfortable, quite a few, really, but some students probably found me scary and unapproachable, I think maybe rigid. And I think those things probably were true, and they were really the experience of some students. I don’t think most, but I think some, and each student’s experience matters. As I began to practice intentionally with mindfulness, my perception is students felt safer. They could take more risks. They’re teachers, and now they’re going to be special ed teachers, and they were in our program in real teaching situations every semester, part time and then full time, and what I saw as I was bringing more mindfulness, is my candidates could bring more flexibility and more intentional decision making to their planning, to their teaching, to their reflection and adjustments to their teaching. There was less focus on what they thought I wanted and more trust in their growing professional capacities to make decisions and try them out and notice and shift, whether they worked perfectly or not.

John: Now you’ve talked a bit about how this has affected your teaching and interaction with students. How did the adoption of mindfulness practices affect the rest of your life?

Roberta: That’s another great question, because this isn’t something you do in one sphere, which is what happened to me. I was practicing mindfulness, and then there was like, “Oh, I think I need to bring this into my teaching.” [LAUGHTER] Like, that’s part of my life. And a funny thing was, I was writing in this chapter, and I told one of my daughters about that, she said, here’s a title for your chapter, “Damn it, now I have to change my teaching.” [LAUGHTER] To have integrity, I needed to make a shift. But how has it changed me overall? For me, mindfulness practice has been deeply transformative, deeply transformative in every sphere of my life. Physically, I experience much more settled energy. My nervous system is regulated more of the time. I realize now I was like living in a pretty activated state most of the time, I think from the time I was a child, and that meant that I was always on the edge of my window and easily, kind of triggered into reactivity. So that physical calmness was really new to me, and it’s really quite pleasant. I mentioned being more authentic, and that’s absolutely been a gift of my mindfulness practice that comes more naturally to me. It comes naturally to me. I can allow more vulnerability, more tenderness with myself, first of all, which allows me to allow that with others, including students and colleagues. I experience a lot more stability, especially noticeable when life gets difficult, when the unexpected happens, when you get that information like, “Oh damn, the cancer’s back.” With my mindfulness practice that doesn’t have to be a total crisis. This, too is life. I can choose how to respond and participate as I go forward. So there’s also been a shift in how I view both my teaching and whatever it is I’m doing. It’s not always called formal work at this stage, and that is that I learned first in my teaching to shift and view it as an offering, an offering where I could let go, really practice letting go of how I might be perceived, how my offering might be judged or perceived, and just focus on it as an offering and the conditions that I could bring to make my best offering. So today’s an example where I’m practicing with offering. You two have done a lot of podcasts. I don’t do podcasts. This is my first, so I was experiencing some anxiety as this date came closer, and I got myself back to like, “Oh, it’s like my class.” Like, what’s my intention? My intention today is just like my class. I want to make my best offering to our listeners and to you from a place of presence and connection. I know what I need to do to prepare for that, the conditions I have control over. So I made some extra space yesterday and today. You were very helpful to me in preparing for the expectations, for the conversation and the context, but it was really my job to take care of myself and do more mindfulness practice, and to prepare with both the content and my energies, and to use some resources to get ready to take care of the things that might make this the best offering I could make today. It’s very freeing to me to have this shift of operating from offering, really freeing.

Rebecca: We have frequent conversations with faculty, and we’ve had conversations on the podcast about people feeling overworked or overwhelmed or kind of a lot of things on their plate, many of the things that maybe you were describing earlier [LAUGHTER] and sometimes adopting a new practice or thinking about something new like mindfulness can seem overwhelming, or that it’s going to take time or effort from other things. Do you find that you’re spending less time on other activities so that you can focus on these efforts? Or can you talk a little bit about time?

Roberta: Yeah, time rules all [LAUGHTER] of us, doesn’t it? So first I will say that I think I am spending less time on some things, and I was even still in my teaching life, because mindfulness helped me get clearer on how to spend my time, and I didn’t have to overbook and say yes to everything. I could choose where I was going to be able to make the greatest impact with my offering, and I could see where sometimes I was spending time on things that took a lot of time but were unlikely to make much of an impact. I don’t mean in my classroom, but I mean extra things. There’s still never enough time. Life’s very full. But initially I did think of mindfulness kind of in that way, like real mindfulness meant I had to have time to, like, sit for 20 minutes every morning and do this formal practice, or 30 minutes, and I had to make time for these very formal ways of thinking about practicing mindfulness. But as I have grown in my practice, I understand it now as an orientation, a way of life for me, that’s become much more integrated. And there’s a lot of ways I was practicing even early on, and you mentioned some of these before we got started, Rebecca, about your trip over here to start this conversation. So when I would arrive at the school where I was teaching, it was a public school, and my candidates were going to be tutoring a student, and we stayed right on for a grad class. I would pull in, and I would try to stay in my car for just a minute and take a breath or two, no formal practice. And then when I got out of my car and gathered my bag of materials, I was pretty good at this. I tried to just take mindful steps from the car to the entrance to the school, they weren’t super slow, but to be aware of my feet on the ground, to drop out of my head, to look at the sky, to feel the temperature, to feel if there was a breeze, to notice if there was sunshine… once in a while. And just kind of get in my body for that transition from the last meeting, or whatever, to this teaching context, and try to stay out of going through the list of things in my head that we were going to do in class. So that’s one example. I’ve got to walk from the car to the building anyway. It can be a mindful three minute walk, and that’s practice. Another thing I do every morning is I get to have one cup of coffee a day, and I love my coffee, so that’s become part of my mindfulness practice. These days, I sometimes only have 5 or 10 minutes in the morning for formal practice, but I make my coffee as mindfully as I can. I pay attention to making my coffee. It’s the only cup of the day I want it to be, just right. [LAUGHTER] And I sit in my favorite chair with my coffee, and I do not open my phone, and I hold that cup with two hands, and I feel the warmth of the mug. I inhale the scent of the coffee. There’s a little cinnamon in it in this season. I take sips, I hold it in my mouth, and I really taste it and experience it. I sometimes congratulate myself on I’ve made a really fine cup of coffee today, and I drink my coffee as much as possible without reliving something that’s happened before or starting to go into my to do list for today. It’s a real practice, because my mind wants to go there. But if I can give myself five minutes just me and my coffee, that’s a little mini retreat. That’s part of my practice, even if I only get five minutes for a more formal, guided sit or walking. Yeah, often midday, during what’s kind of my lunch break, I have maybe a half hour to an hour and I put on an app with a 15 minute body scan. And I do not usually go to sleep, but I get in a comfy chair, recliner, and I listen to this body scan take me to attend the different parts of my body. It’s very relaxing, and when I’m finished, I feel like I’ve had a nap sometimes. So there are little things that I can do through my day that are not about scheduling extra time. Those are a few examples.

Rebecca: I mean, you should have maybe drank tea in the morning, but… [LAUGHTER]

Roberta: Maybe. I switch to tea for the rest of the day.

Rebecca: Ok.

Roberta: I drink a lot of tea.[LAUGHTER] If this was a morning recording, there would have been coffee. [LAUGHTER]

John: …and that’s not uncommon on the podcast.

Rebecca: I know that’s why I had to tease. [LAUGHTER]

John: Now, you mentioned your work with your pre-service graduate students, and in your book, you share a bit about how you introduced some mindfulness practices to them. Could you talk a little bit about what you shared with them and how they reacted?

Roberta: Yeah, I’d love to talk about that. So first of all, slowly. I shared nothing with my students in terms of introducing them to practices, until I had cultivated a personal practice and I had really been exploring bringing it into my teaching for several years. I was a teacher. They were becoming teachers. The more I saw the benefits of it in my teaching, the more I felt compelled that this should be part of their preparation. The first reason was I wanted to support their well being. These are grad students that were, for the most part, doing daily subbing. They were getting up and teaching from seven or eight in the morning till three or four, and then they were coming to grad class from 3:30 to 7:30 or something, with their tutoring to seven. It was a long haul. They were stressed. They were tired. They were anxious. There’s a lot of anxiety anyway in life, but being a grad student for me was also kind of a peak time. So I knew that mindfulness was a way that I could support some of their well being and maybe relieve some of that stress. I also did share a little tiny bit about how they might explore it in their teaching, because they were actively teaching. And mindfulness is always mindfulness of something. And the thing we shared was about teaching. So here’s what it looked like in the last few years, and this evolved over five, six years, from me sharing a little bit to then getting clearer on how I could be more structured and share a bit more. So as I mentioned, the context was graduate class in this public school, they arrive, there’s an hour of tutoring a student that they stay with for the whole semester. I’m on site, supervising and supporting. Then we come back together as a class and have our graduate class in the same space. So the tutoring program did not start our first week of classes. So the second graduate class, I spent most of that class as kind of a mindfulness workshop with them. I facilitated and guided them through a number of experiences with mindfulness practices, but we did body practice, we did breath practice, we did mindful walking, we did mindful eating, we did mindful listening, give them tastes of different things and process a little bit, and sort of giving them a menu or two for like, where were their preferences and what was working for them. And then I invited them at the end of that class to practice 10 minutes a day, five days if they could, in the coming week. And we were using Blackboard at the time for course management, and I asked them to write just a little bit about their 10 minute practice each day, so I could tell if they wrote that wrote that day on Blackboard, and I intentionally didn’t respond to their daily postings about their experience. I wanted it to be their experience, so I waited and read them at the end of the week, and then we got back together on Monday for our next grad class, and we spent probably 20 minutes sharing and talking about their experiences, which were overall quite insightful and positive for them. This was all ungraded. It was very clear in the syllabus. All ungraded. Everybody did it. Then we got on with the business of the next day we had kids coming. We got on with the business the rest of that class of like, all right, what assessments are we doing tomorrow? What are you going to learn about this student as a reader so you can start teaching? And then the next day, when they started tutoring, eventually it became our practice every single time to first meet as a group for five minutes of guided mindfulness practice, which I facilitated. And then it was like, have a great tutoring session, see you in an hour. That was what we did. And then I asked them twice during the semester to write me like just two pages maybe, something about your mindfulness and your teaching. What are you noticing? The other thing I did do the first few weeks was I shared a few examples of my experience of bringing it into my teaching with some school age learners I worked with, and really inviting them to notice their inner experience. When does the anxiety come up? What does it feel like in your body? Can you be more in tune to noticing the anxiety coming up before you’re feeling overwhelmed or frozen, and then giving them a few go to practices that they could use in the moment. So you’re in the flow of a lesson with a seven year old, the lesson isn’t going as you planned, or the kid refuses to engage, the kid’s stuck and doesn’t know how to keep reading. You can’t remember what to do. So those strategies were like, take two or three breaths or look out the window. What’s the sky look like in this moment. Look back at your kid. Start again. One student I remember wrote about using self talk. I remembered Bobbi saying, like, “if I couldn’t remember what to do, just give them the word and nobody was going to die.” So these little things, but it tuned them in and in their reflections, I was just so so surprised that every single student could identify something that was relevant to mindfulness, and many of them wrote really rich examples of how they were kind of working it in their teaching and in their lives. The biggest and best surprise was a full year after I had them in the fall, this group of students went out for their full-time internship, and they didn’t have any more support around mindfulness from any other faculty member, and I wasn’t with them in the spring, and yet, in their journals that were required as part of their internship seminar, many of them were able to cite examples of how they were bringing mindfulness to their teaching in this very Intense, full-time placement. So, responses were overwhelmingly wonderful. And not every single student, but everybody kind of got what it was and tried it out, and many had these really wonderful responses. I just learned a lot from my students and their mindfulness journeys and the courage they brought to trying these things on in this kind of high-stakes graduate teaching and learning situation, it was very affirming for me, also, that the experiences I was having with some mindfulness in my teaching were supported by their efforts. It was also striking that they were getting this much preparation in mindfulness, and they were brand new teachers, and they could bring these brand new things together and do something with them, like, wow.

Rebecca: In some ways, you’re describing big changes in people’s lives where this intervention is occurring. Grad school is a big change for people, or being in the classroom for the first time with their students can be a big change. There’s a lot of changes and challenges that all teachers are facing currently. We’re thinking about, like changes in AI, thinking about political attacks on education. The list goes on, like a laundry list of things that are on all of our minds today. And I can imagine that like in that setting, adopting a mindful practice could help alleviate some of that challenge, if we can move in with this attention. Can you talk a little bit about the first steps someone might take if they want to adopt a practice like this?

Roberta: Yeah, so first of all, I’ll agree, we are indeed in very challenging times, and what I always kind of share with people now wasn’t available to me as a beginning practitioner, is I share apps. There’s a lot of resources now. There’s a lot of great apps, some are free, that have guided practices in many forms, and it’s a great support for beginning a little personal daily practice, even if you only have 5 or 10 minutes a day, either in the morning, midday, evening, whenever you’ve got that space. In fact, we could share a few suggestions in the show notes, if you like, for people to check out.

Rebecca: Yeah, that’d be great.

John: We always end each podcast episode with the question: what’s next?

Roberta: You know, for me, I really, really enjoy and find it very satisfying to share mindfulness practices because they’ve been so helpful to me, and especially in these times that are very unsettling for many of us, and lots of change and difficulty. So one way of doing that is sharing my experience in the book. And for people that are interested and have some mindfulness practice going, and are interested in trying to explore that in teaching. I hope my book will be a resource to them. And the other thing that I’ve been exploring that is less explicitly dissected in the book, because it came after, is trauma-informed practices, and how I’m really integrating more of that into my facilitation, and I’m about to start in a new study group to learn more about group nervous systems and our shared energies, and I think that’s going to be helpful to me, not only as a facilitator and a teacher, but every group I’m in, including my family.

Rebecca: So it’s great to keep learning, right?

Roberta: Yeah, it sure is.

John: And trauma-informed pedagogy, I think, is especially valuable in these times.

Roberta: Sure thing.

John: Well, thank you. We really appreciate you joining us, and it was great to talk to you again.

Roberta: It’s been my great pleasure to talk with you, to meet you Rebecca, and to have this opportunity to reconnect with my Oswego family and beyond. So thank you so much for this podcast offering.

Rebecca: Thank you.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

[MUSIC]

431. A Curated AI Framework

Students can use AI tools to support or short-circuit their learning. In this episode, Tim Curry joins us to discuss how he uses AI tools to support students with diverse prior knowledge in a carefully curated framework.

Tim is a lecturer in the Department of Health Sciences at Northern Arizona University. He is developing AI applications for autism research and tribal health service while building Northern Arizona University’s Applied Health Analytics program. He’s also working on the completion of his PhD degree in health equity technology.

Show Notes

Transcript

John: Students can use AI tools to support or short-circuit their learning. In this episode, we examine how one instructor uses AI tools to support students with diverse prior knowledge in a carefully curated framework.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

John: Our guest today is Tim Curry. Tim is a lecturer in the Department of Health Sciences at Northern Arizona University. He is developing AI applications for autism research and tribal health service while building Northern Arizona University’s Applied Health Analytics program. He’s also working on the completion of his PhD degree in health equity technology. Welcome Tim.

Tim: Hey, John, it’s great to be here.

Rebecca: Today’s teas are:… Tim, are you drinking any tea today?

Tim: Yeah, I am, actually. I’ve got one here that is this really nice licorice root spearmint mixture.

Rebecca: That’s an interesting combination. I don’t know that I’ve heard of that.

John: And I have just a plain old oolong tea today.

Rebecca: A nice choice. I’ve swung back to old habits, and I have an English afternoon tea.

John: Must have been a tough day, huh? [LAUGHTER] Today, you’ve been doing some interesting work in which you’re planning to have students work through a learning portfolio constructed for each course module in a health science course in which they’ll complete a structured sequence of interactions with a chatbot tutor that you’ve created. Before we discuss the details of this course, can you tell us a little bit about the course? How large is it? What’s the course level? And who are the students that generally would be taking this course?

Tim: Yeah, absolutely. So this course that we’re focused on today is HS 300 which is our human diseases course. It’s quite an interesting course. A typical class is usually about 40 students, usually juniors, although I do get sophomores and seniors in there. And why I say it’s an interesting class is even though it lives within our department’s program of public health I would say, in the average term, I only have about half the class filled with public health majors. The rest of them are a mixture between students who want to go pre med, so nursing students or med school, DPT, biomedical engineering, and then also a smattering of psychology majors. So it’s quite a diverse group I’ve got in this class, to be very honest, with a range of different backgrounds.

Rebecca: Can you talk a little bit about your general approach to how you’re planning to address the class? A little bit about the portfolio and the structure overall?

Tim: Yeah, do the objectives of this class are for students, broadly speaking, I won’t get into the full curriculum guide here, but broadly speaking, is for them to better understand not only a wide range of human diseases across all of our systems, but also the application of that knowledge to both the clinical side, so think more like Western care and also the public health side. So we have this interesting mixture here. In terms of the portfolios, the reason I chose to start with this class with this concept was, as you can probably imagine, with the varied degrees I have in there, I have students walking into this class with everything from having completed anatomy and physiology I and II and maybe a pathophysiology course, all the way to students who haven’t seen biology since high school, because they just haven’t reached that point yet. That makes it a challenge. It’s a little hard to talk about congestive heart failure if they don’t know the anatomy of the heart. So that is the reason I chose this approach, is because, and I know we’ll get into this, really is focused around meeting the student where they’re at in their current process of learning, which I think is really the best approach, especially in a course like this, where background knowledge is so critical.

John: Could you walk us through the steps that students would take through in a typical module? And I believe each one of these modules is for one week?

Tim: Yes, that is right. So, the way I prefer to build my Canvas shells, and it’s the same in person or online for the general layout, is that I start off each week, beginning in week two, where they have to do the content first before we actually dive into the meat of the week. So the first thing that they have is they are given a portfolio to work from. And the way that these actually works is that they are handed a file, and this file is the thing that I have produced for each week, and it starts off with some core basics about that particular body system, and then we progress into the diseases, and then progress into more application of their work. And they’re going to take that file and not only work to fill out all of the spots that I have included in there, but they’re going to take that file and give it to this AI bot that I have built out, which is going to act as their own personalized Socratic form of a tutor to actually help them work through the entire file. So that’s the general layout with the portfolio. Once they actually go and turn that in, that actually unlocks the rest of the week’s work. So for an in-person class, this means they got to do the portfolio before they show up to class. For an online class, it means they have to do it before they can engage with the more advanced application we would be doing that week.

Rebecca: Can you talk a little bit about why you chose this approach and how this counters how a textbook is designed for a typical student?

Tim: Yeah, absolutely. I know I alluded to this briefly earlier, but when we have a course like this where in, effectively, I’ll call it 14 weeks, we’re going through every body system and covering well north of 100 different ways that we get sick, ill, and die.

Rebecca: Sounds really exciting, [LAUGHTER] all the ways you can die.[LAUGHTER]

Tim: That’s actually the way I kind of go and bring it in, was like, we’re going to go through so many things, and it’s going to convince you that nobody is normal. There’s just no possible way. But students actually really like it, and I hope not too many of them are freaked out by the time they [LAUGHTER] leave my course. So the reasons for this, I found that with a class like this, we really kind of have two options. The first one is, is that it falls into this very, what I’ll say is, traditional, classic style of a lecture class where we show up and we have to effectively spend the first day raising the bar for everybody so that day two, we can actually do some application work where we can challenge their knowledge. That is tough, because with the gambit of not only backgrounds, but also just experience levels in this class, I can tell you that any given week, if I were to do that, I’d be boring, probably about a third to half the class, because they already know about the systems, they’ve been through the courses, they work in the field, whatever it may be. So that is kind of the downside of that approach, and I’ll be honest, the textbook we had been using for this, which I think is a fantastic textbook, if… here’s the big if… if you have some anatomy and physiology under your belt. If you don’t, it’s a lot to swallow, like it is a thick textbook. It’s phenomenal, and it doesn’t adapt. It’s a textbook. So that was really the core reason why I went down this path, was I’ve been working with artificial intelligence chatbots since 2015 which was pre all of what we have now, and back then, it was a lot of work. [LAUGHTER] It was tough work to actually get them to where we wanted them to be. So I’ve been going and doing this for quite some time, and ever since openAI kind of broke the teaching world in November of 2022 it’s been really fun to start to begin to play and see where are these capacities going. And suddenly we’re at this place where we can use this tool that our students can access for free to give them this individualized approach. So my hope is going into this term, that what this will do is truly meet the student where they’re at, if they’re that student who has just one prior biology I course, no anatomy, and physiology, it’s going to spend more time going through the anatomy that they need to know to be able to comprehend the diseases and the processes that we actually care about in this class.

John: Now I have to say this, if the students do not have any anatomy and physiology under their belts, they’re probably a bot already. [LAUGHTER] But moving on, one of the things I noted in looking through some of the modules that you’ve created is that you put in suggested times. And this is an approach that I know Betsy Barre has suggested in terms of a couple of variants of student workload calculators that she’s created. And we’ll include a link to our podcast with her about that. Could you talk a little bit about why you’ve included that and how you came up with the estimates of how long students are likely to take with each of these activities?

Tim: Yeah, absolutely. So I am a big fan of providing estimates or ranges with the students. Personally, whenever I build a course or rebuild a course, I use the Wake Forest workload calculator that they have on their website. I love it. I think it’s fantastic as a way to just get a general scoping. And this also comes from… I have to think here… I believe at this point it’ll change after 5:30pm today, but at this point, I’ve taught 184 sections of courses, and this has been consistent feedback I’ve had from the students I’ve taught, is it’s really helpful. When I look at the list of things to do, if there are like numbers beside it, that even if they’re not 100% right, they give me a way to kind of calibrate my brain. And so I have some idea about how to schedule out my week. I don’t know about you, John, but our students here, just because Flagstaff, if they’re residential, it’s just an expensive place to live. They’re not only full time as a student, they’re working two or three jobs on top of that. So being able to tell, like, where should I spend my time, what should I do first, is really important to them. So the estimates in this I kind of went and derived a couple ways. The first way was I went through and tried to turn my beginner mindset back on. It’s a little bit harder when you spend a lot of time in the field, but I tried to go backwards and work through this and get a feeling for how many questions do I need to ask if I’m just that average student who maybe has done anatomy and physiology I but hasn’t gone further, which is kind of the bar I generally see as an average in this class, and then I will fully admit, I have some unpaid help, called family members, [LAUGHTER] who are more than willing to go and jump in and just like dive into it and go and tell me what worked, what didn’t work. They’re all individuals who don’t have the background, so they represent that one extreme on the far end of their really having to learn everything. So that’s the way I got this rough estimate for what I’m starting with this term. And then one of the things I’ll do is, this term, as they work through the portfolios, I am actually asking for them to report back as they go and turn into each one about approximately how much time did you spend on each one, and so that I can better calibrate this tool as I move forward. And so we’re on a grand adventure.

Rebecca: I had some activities that I did that with students, and had them kind of mark their time and track their time, and I think it was just as interesting for me as it was for them to understand how they spent their time, or where they might spend more time than they thought. I can also see how, having times broken apart, even if they’re not 100% accurate for each individual student, it does give you the idea that you’re going to spend more time on this activity than this activity. This is maybe more important, and therefore I want you to spend more time on it. And it’s a way of conveying some of that prioritization that needs to happen, that students have a difficulty doing if they don’t have expertise in the subject.

Tim: Yeah, and I’ll say as well, I know, because I have these students in class every term, and I love them, but there will be some of them that will spend way too much time on one part, it’s the kid who’s clearly gone into med school, will do great as a physician, or whatever they go and pick, and hopefully this helps them keep on track where they’re not spending five hours in the first bit that should be 15 minutes, and then they panic about the rest of the thing.

John: Yeah, those relative weights are important just in terms of showing how much priority students should place on each.

Tim: Absolutely.

John: We know that active learning approaches, as you’re planning for this course, tend to result in increased learning by students and longer-term knowledge retention and more transfer ability. Yet, when students are asked about how much they feel they’ve learned when they’ve been using active learning, they generally report that they learn more in lecture courses because they feel that they’re not getting as much because they’re struggling with things and any gaps in their knowledge is becoming transparent, while if they’re sitting in a lecture class, they can sit there and nod and smile and everything makes a lot of sense. How are you going to sell active learning to the students?

Tim: That is great. And to be frank, you bring up an item here that is one of my favorite, just bizarre oddities, that I get to explain to my classes. So I have a couple approaches on this one, the first one is on day one, which, as we record, this is a couple hours away, actually, this is one of the first things I actually go and bring up, is to explain, this is not a lecture class. We’re not doing PowerPoint slide decks the whole class. Here’s why. And I explain all these points about the fact that active learning actually does make you learn more and, more importantly, helps you develop these skills that you’ll actually need to make yourself career ready. And that’s really important, and it feels uncomfortable, because you’re going to get it exposed, you’re going to learn what you know you know and what you don’t know that you don’t know [LAUGHTER] and that can be frustrating. It can be anxiety inducing. So I think the first bit is just calling that out, bringing it up, and just acknowledging it from the start. So I think that is part one. Part two is I have built in, and this is an item I actually learned from some fellow faculty at a conference about a year and a half ago. I actually have required work at the end of each week, which is a very short self-reflection that they have to do. And it’s 10 questions, and it includes things around this area, about like, preparation for class, what’d you learn? What you feel like you had a hard time with? …all of that, and I have seen that with just even holding them, of course, the same, that inclusion, the feedback has been phenomenal in that they really enjoy being effectively forced to pause after they’re done with everything and really think about what did they do this week, and then how do I improve for next week? And then I do think the third and final bit, which I realize I might be uncorking a can of worms here on you, John and Rebecca, but I use ungrading for all of the courses I teach, and in fact, for this particular course, I use a contract grading style. And so I do think that that is one major component, is utilizing that style that supports this active learning, where they know that they’re in this effectively safe space to work in, where mistakes are expected, and I’m not as worried about the mistakes. I’m more worried about the mistake I see you make 15 times in a row and not learn. So being able to get that feedback and learn in real time is really the key. And when they feel safe about their grade, I found that they’re much more willing to take risks.

Rebecca: That’s a lot to unpack on that first day.

Tim: Yeah it Is. It’s a big first day. And really, I’ll be honest, it’s the first week. It’s not really the first day, because as much as I would love to dive into how do we diagnose disease on the first day, they haven’t done anything yet.[LAUGHTER] So we can’t do that yet. And so it’s really the first week, I should say.

Rebecca: Can you talk a little bit about the Gemini Gem that you created, that students are interacting with, maybe a little bit more about what their process looks like, how you’re going to coach students around hallucinations, what’s it allowed to do when it’s interacting with students, and what other kind of constraints and guardrails you have in place?

Tim: Absolutely. So Gemini Gems, just for those folks who may not know, this is effectively a, let’s say it’s a tailored version of Gemini that we can instruct to behave in certain ways, or we can give certain knowledge background to that allows us to make a customized chatbot without having to go through the hassle of fully training your own chatbot. So this particular Gem was a bit of a journey over the last approximately three months, where I abstractly played with a range of different models, and for my own work and myself, I work around not only the Gemini bots, but also ChatGPT and Claude, just being like our big three and occasionally Llama, but I don’t do a lot in there. So the creation of the Gem really came about when I went and sat down and said, Okay, if I were able to spend time with every single student, one on one, how would I approach tutoring them? Because that would be our dream. They would learn so much, and there’s just no way, unless I can clone myself a bunch of times. There’s just no way. And I came to kind of three broad, I’ll say, pedagogical points I wanted the tutor to do. The first one being Socratic style. So I don’t want it to just go and lecture. All of the students I’ve taught for years and years now have been very clear. They don’t like that. They want to be involved. So Socratic style. So we’re going to ask a question. I might give you a little bit of a knowledge point, and then we’re going to expand on that, but I’m going to ask you to really use your brain and engage. Point two is that we want to assess prior knowledge and learning. So does Rebecca know about cardiac anatomy and valves, or do we need to kind of back it up and maybe go and cover the basics. So when we dive into a new portfolio, that’s really the first thing it does is to go and ask you a question related to where we’re about to dive into. So again, the heart is my jam. I’ll be very honest. That’s what I do a lot of work in. And so if we’re talking about cardiac disease this week, we’re going to assess, do you actually know about the heart. How much do you know? Is this enough for us to actually talk about disease or not? And if it’s not, let’s back it up and start there, and then go for it. And then the final one is that idea of the zone of proximal development, that idea that ideally we want to be asking a question that’s they’re getting about 80% correct, and so they’re encouraged, but not overconfident, because if they’re getting 100% correct, they think they know this and they really know about half of that. So those were the three bits I began with, and from there, I built out this prompt. The things it is allowed to do, it’s allowed to act in these three ways, and it’s allowed quite a bit of freedom to be in this encouraging form of a tutor that supports work and tells the student when they’re wrong. Because I think all three of us have probably engaged with a bot, and I know that Gemini can be one of the more challenging ones, where it cheers you on, even though it’s blatantly wrong. [LAUGHTER] We don’t want that, so it is encouraged to constructively criticize, I’ll say, when the student is wrong and help them correct that. What it’s not allowed to do, though, is also really important. There’s a whole component to my system prompt that gives it a rule set of what it can’t do. It’s not allowed to just fill out the file for them. It’s not allowed to write their answer for them either. It can help critique their work that they’re going and putting in to kind of help them improve it, but it’s not allowed to just go and do that for them. Those are the guardrails in place, broadly, in this one. And then, for this particular class, I think you also asked about things like hallucinations and background knowledge. I’ll start with the latter. So background knowledge, given the fact that we’ve been studying human disease for quite some years at this point, to go and say it briefly, like at least 100, I found that when I played with this by giving it some RAG files, so some files it can pull from, it actually slowed the bot down and didn’t improve the answers. Because realistically, when we’re talking about human problems, sites like Mayo Clinic, Medscape, all these free sites are already included in the build of the AI, so it already has all that. So what it really needs is more fine tuning to make sure it’s focused on, which, again, is a guardrail, focused on accepted knowledge in this realm from reputable sources, versus trying to give it a bunch of specific files that it then has to go through and search and find what it’s looking for. Now, I will say on the flip side, I have a different course that’s exercise considerations for special populations. So this is a little bit more of my background, exercise physiology wise. How do we do activity with a cardiac patient or a cancer patient or a child who has autism spectrum level three. And in this one, I did provide files because I found that especially with a topic like autism, there’s just so much out there that it can inadvertently get onto the wrong things, that it was better to give it position statements from major fields and bodies to go and pull from to make sure it stays locked in on where I want it to go. So that’s effectively the building of this bot. I have found that I can generally use the baseline system prompt around how this bot behaves and then add in some of the details I want specific to a course to adapt it fairly quickly. Finally, hallucinations. And so I got to ask, what’s like a favorite for you that you’ve experienced around a bot hallucinating a fun thing for you.

Rebecca: I don’t know if it’s fun, but something I’ve seen a lot is hallucinated sources and students claiming that they really do exist. [LAUGHTER]

Tim: My favorite was… now, this was back in 2023, so it has improved, I will say that… But in class, asked it for a weight training plan for a adult who was 85, had never worked out in their life and just wanted to play with their grandkids, which was a example form of a client for that class. And it gave them Olympic lifts on day one. [LAUGHTER] It was like, we’re doing clean and power jerks, like, what are you doing? No, absolutely not. So hallucinations, as either or both of you may have seen, openAI released a white paper at the end of last year where they supported that currently, mathematically, hallucinations are going to happen, period. It’s not a thing that can be fully wiped out, and that’s just the reality we’re in. So what I actually do is they work through the portfolio, then their task two behind that is, by the end of the week, we are going covering that working content, I actually give them my key, and they’re in charge of actually reading through this key and going saying, were there any points where my answers weren’t quite correct? And I actually view that as a valuable skill, because we’re working on going and teaching them that hallucinations exist. Bias exists in these things as of right now. They always will. Hopefully, maybe there’s a way to wipe that out in the future. Right now, it doesn’t seem like there really is. So we’re going to not only use it for learning, but then we’re going to check ourselves against a known source to see where might it have led you astray. And I’ll be honest, that is one of the big unknowns, because, yeah, I’ve done some testing within a small group, but once we roll it out in this semester, it’s going to be north of 100 students who are going to go and do this. We’re going to see what is the actual rate of students having incorrect answers. If it becomes too great, then we have some tuning we need to do on the spot.

John: I hope that you’ve asked the bot to ignore anything coming from the CDC since January of 2025. But going back to the issue of assessing student work. You mentioned you’re using ungrading, but yet you still do have to assign grades, typically at midterm and at the end, but you do have students reflecting each week on what they’ve learned and their progress. So how are you connecting their assessments into those grades? And how often are you doing that?

Tim: Yeah, there’s a couple things I do, so starting with the smaller items in class, let’s pretend like we’re about to walk into week two. So you’ve done the week two portfolio. The moment I go and hand that in, I can immediately get to the key, which is the goal is they can go and get to it right away and see, were there any problems there? And now we’re in class. The first thing we do every week, day one in class is we start, they get into their groups that I pre assign. And to be very honest, until week six, it’s just random. I want them to work with a bunch of people in that class. So they get into these preset groups, and the first thing we do is a tRAT or team readiness assessment test. Now I’ll kind of pause here, because I know it’s a mixture here, John, I’m going seeing a nod and a smile. I feel like you’ve used this. Is that right?

John: I haven’t used it myself, but I do know how it’s used in team-based learning.

Tim: And Rebecca, is that a thing you’re aware of, or would you like me to kind of walk through like, what is a tRAT?

Rebecca: I think for our audience, we need to walk through.

Tim: Awesome. So a tRAT is probably one of my favorite tools for in-person classes, because I effectively get to trick my students into taking a quiz in class that they like taking, which is quite an experience. So this is a multiple choice quiz that you can use these cards that are pre-keyed. I will admit that I’ve actually moved to running a Google script on this. And the idea is basically they work as a small group. So I do groups of three or four, no larger than four in my classes, and what they have to do is, as a group, they go and decide, hey, for question one, we think the right choice is B, and they go and click on it, and if it’s wrong, it will go and turn red and say, try again. So they have to reason their way through and every time I’m wrong. I’m reducing the amount of points I could earn for that one. So because I use four choices in mine, if I get it right on the first thing we choose, it’s worth four points. If I don’t, it goes down to two and then one and then zero, because if you clicked on all four, you truly have no idea what was right or wrong there. Now for my classes, for this term, because I want them focused on their knowledge, and what do they know, and what do they not know? All that they have to do is report what they got, and if they’re there in class and do it, they get marked as all done with that. With that, I know I’ve heard feedback from other faculty being like, “Well, if that grade doesn’t go in the book, don’t they just not try?” And I actually go and say, like, “No, that’s actually the opposite of what I see is, they know how they did, they don’t like not doing well [LAUGHTER] in the class, especially if they spent all this time engaging.” So what they do is, I see from effectively week 2 to week 14, the grades just keep increasing, week over week over week. And what I actually do with these is, instead of just regurgitating what they just learned through the portfolio, we actually take one step more advanced, and I have 15 questions organized, usually around anywhere between four to six major conditions we’re going to cover. And we ask questions that are more advanced and more case application work, where if you don’t understand the background, you’re not going to get this right. And because it’s forcing them to do peer-to-peer engagement and reason through what is right or wrong, it requires them to really assess their own work and knowledge. So that’s a bit of it is, in class that goes and gives me a timestamp, because every single attempt I see live… that goes back to a Google sheet. So I see everything, I can see where we are right on the first attempt, where are we not. Where might we need to refresh on day two, and then the really big bulk of it is around that what happens after the tRAT? And what actually occurs in my class after that is we’ll spend that last hour of that first day and then an hour fifteen on our day two doing some quite advanced application work. So as an example, one week when we talk about pulmonary conditions, they go straight from the tRAT into learning what a SOAP note is. So, for those who don’t know, this is a way that we write a note in more of the clinical medical field. So they learn about this way of writing notes, and then they, as a team, actually work with a bot that I will assign them that acts as a patient, and they have to produce a SOAP note for that that they then have to present to the class on day two. So it’s all, can they pull out the right information? I f they think it’s problem A, they think it’s pneumonia, what other questions do you need to ask about that? And that’s our weekly work. And all of this at the really end of the term leads up to the culminating project in our class, which is three parts. For this class, this is where I’m really assessing them on what do they know? And they can revise and improve. They pick a disease that exists today. So as much as smallpox is fascinating, it doesn’t exist, except for in labs and hopefully never out in our globe again. And so they pick a thing that they find intriguing. The first bit is they have to do research and write me a historical overview of this disease and how it has impacted our health over time, including, how has it affected our clinical past, how has it affected our public health past, our policies, all of that stuff. So it’s this really overview, big scale idea. Number two, they go and take what they just went and wrote there and turn it into fact sheets. Now a fact sheet, I guarantee both of you have seen before, because if you’ve been into a physician, they have those things like: “Get the flu shot, now. Here’s why.” That’s a fact sheet. So they have to write one about their thing that they picked for a general adult, one for a physician, and one for a person who might be in Congress and might be making policy. So it requires them to take this knowledge and turn it and go and say, “What does this general adult need to know? What does maybe a physician need? What does a policy maker need?” And then the last of it is, and we’re ramping up into this, is they’ll actually give a presentation in week 15 of our term, where they have to propose a potential public health program that would help within a certain group of people for this thing and improve their health, which requires them to really thoroughly not only understand the disease, the processes behind but also the populations affected. How might we reach those groups? How do we help them, like, what are they lacking? And then, how would we actually go and reach them? And for this group, that’s usually their first time they’ve ever done this, so that’s a big ask, but they have the knowledge they can do it successfully on that. So really, a lot of it is around the projects, but everything builds up to those projects.

Rebecca: So it sounds like, with all the project-based learning that you have in here, you’ve certainly been thinking a bit about student use of AI and its potentials for cognitive offloading and academic integrity that we know come up in many conversations around AI. Can you talk a little bit more about the reasons why you chose some things and how that might relate to academic integrity issues?

Tim: Absolutely. So I think this is the core of a conversation we could have for hours on here. I have students every term who it’s very clear that a paper and assignment was written by AI. I don’t think that’s going away anytime soon. And [LAUGHTER]] the reality as well is there was, and I would have to go find it again. But there’s been quite a bit of work that’s shown that the majority of employers are expecting them to walk out of a college with some generative AI skills. So we need to be going and teaching this. And part of that is we need exposure. So for myself, I think there’s a couple parts to this question. The cognitive offloading is an item that, again, I do address in week one or week two, just kind of, depending on how week one rolls about just having kind of a very open discussion at the start of a class for about five minutes. About these are the risks if you, for example, try to acquire foundational knowledge and you just offload that to the AI writing the assignment for me. These are the risks that are run, and here’s why I don’t want you to do that. This bot that I am getting you to work with is specifically designed to force you to learn and think and then actively engage in this to help prevent that. So that’s the first bit. The second bit as well is we do actually go and talk about throughout a class like this, we go into a little bit, and I will fold this in maybe the first five minutes, kind of threaded throughout the term, we go and talk about more of this ethical or philosophical component with AI usage, because it goes beyond just things like power and water that is used for going and training these bots. And we do go and talk about that, but we’re beyond that here, and we go and talk about things like, “Well, what is the purpose of learning? When do we use these as an enhancement versus using it in a way that’s going to go and detriment your learning and your skill development? How do we avoid that?” And I’ll be honest, this is not the first term I’ve gone and spoken about these. I’ve done this for a couple terms now. And the feedback I’ve heard, which I suspect both of you will have heard if you have gone and done this before, is that students actually really appreciate it, because a lot of our kids, especially right now, they were in high school during the rapid pandemic lockdown era, and then maybe hybrid, and then maybe [LAUGHTER] back into lockdown. And what I’ve heard from them is they were threatened, and they were told by a lot of the folks in high school, and then moving into being freshman and sophomore, “If you use this, I’ll fail you out of the class, you’ll get expelled.” And so they’re afraid to admit any type of use. And nobody’s talked with them about, how do we develop this as a tool for your toolkit versus replacing your brain. And once we actually get into that, then we can actually explore this region in a much more effective way. So I think we need to have an open talk about this, and then as we build out parts of the class providing the guidance they need. So for example, for the paper that we just spoke about, that historical paper, they’re allowed to use an AI, and I have this built right into that. I’m fine with them if they want to go and use it for brainstorming, for helping them outline the paper, feedback on their own work, feedback on the paper. And I want to hear their voice. I want to hear their writing. So it’s not allowed to write the paper for them. I want them to write it. So I think it’s both the education and then being very clear about what you want them to do or not do, and then why.

John: And given the nature of the assignment, they’re already seeing how AI can be useful in assisting them in various ways that can carry on into their future careers. And the ungrading aspect of it also takes a lot of that pressure of grades off, allowing them to focus on learning. So, those are approaches I’ve recommended to many people trying to do these things. If we can show students how AI can be useful, and if maybe we shift their focus from getting the highest grade to learning the most, it can have an impact.

Tim: Yeah, well, and that, and I’ll go throw out a third one here, building them a box and allowing them the freedom to explore in that box. So I’ve told them what parts they need in the paper, but I’m allowing them to pick a disease that they actually want to research out, and that is a huge help, because when they want to do the work, I’ve had some phenomenal work done where I read it, and I’m like, man, you’re a couple reviews away from being able to publish this as like an undergraduate, like this is phenomenal.

John: That can really tap into intrinsic motivation. I know when I give students freedom in the choice of their projects or topics, they get so much more engaged than if they’re given a list of things they have to do.

Tim: Yeah, totally.

Rebecca: There’s a lot of steps week to week. There’s a lot of things that students need to do. In my experience, people don’t always read all the instructions [LAUGHTER] and maybe don’t follow through in the ways that we’re expecting them to. How are you hoping to prevent some of this? Especially because there’s a lot of steps in “this unlocks that” that can prevent someone from making progress during the week.

Tim: Yeah. So first one is, I have, unsurprisingly here, I’ll say I do have very clear instructions on like, what to do each week. And as you just said, some students just don’t read that. And the first thing that they do is, “oh my goodness, I can’t see the week,” email the professor. So the first bit is, I have learned how much instruction is enough versus how much is too much, because if it’s just pages and pages, they just won’t read it. So how to be succinct there? Part two is, for example, for the first portfolio, we’re going to actually start that in class. So that’s our day. We’re going to actually spend about half the class, and we’re going to sit there and work on it in class. So I’m available right then and there, and I make sure that anytime we have something new happening in a course, and this is the exact same in person or in an online course, is that I, at the start of class, I’m very, very clear both of the days about this is exactly what you need to do. And yes, that will not catch 100%. I still get a student or two out of 40 who are like, “Oh my goodness, it won’t open up. What am I doing wrong?” And I just have to go, remember to turn in your portfolio and that will unlock over the weekend they’re like, “Oh yeah, I recall that now.” So that has been kind of the path I found that works well, is to introduce complex things in class, including the projects, allow some free time where I can help them immediately, and then follow up with regular reminders of what to do.

John: Northern Arizona University, as Oswego does, has a site license for the use of Gemini. Would this work as well if all students didn’t have the same equitable access to a platform?

Tim: Yeah, that’s a big question. And in fact, I’ll say to throw a complexity here, we not only have the Gemini, we’re a Google, and we also have Copilot. I have no idea why, but we do. [LAUGHTER] So, we have lots of fun stuff. Without that, I think that even if you were to use the Gemini free version, that still gives you sufficient usage and space to be able to do a thing like this. The big asterisks I throw on there is making sure that we’re 100% transparent with our students about the fact of, “Hey, we don’t have a license. We’re going to do this. We’re going to do it through the Gemini bot, because the context window… for those of you who maybe that’s a new phrase, that’s basically the memory like in quotes for the bot… is gigantic, and the usage terms for the free tier are quite large enough to do this task. That anything you put into this bot, they could use it to train so don’t put anything that’s personal information into this bot. And I think that is a very good thing that we just need to teach in general, because there are a lot of students I teach who, one, they haven’t been told that they actually have this Gemini license for Ed that we pay for and that it’s all private. They’re going and using the ChatGPT free version, and they have no idea that they’re training on their data, unless they go to, like, flip off like a switch. And so that’s the first one, is we need to go and explain that, because there are students who, once they go and learn that are like, “oh my goodness, I put some very private stuff into here. I had no idea.” And then also thinking about the use in the class, for this class, for this purpose, we’re not asking them to reflect on anything. It’s straight disease and some biology learning. There’s nothing there that should put any personal information at risk. So I think it is 100% doable with the free license if I don’t have it. I think you just have to pick your bot wisely, because I’m a Claude person. I love Claude, and their free tier is very restrictive on the amount of use you get each day, so that’s not a good pick for this.

Rebecca: So we mentioned at the top some of the other ways that you’re using AI in your research. Can you talk a little bit about what that work looks like?

Tim: Yeah, I’ll try to be brief here. So I am a researcher on what’s called the ASD3 project, which is a joint project between the Oregon Health and Science U. and our institution. We have a PI here that I work under, and under that I work on the machine learning and deep learning, I’ll say, arm of the project. This is a multi-million dollar piece of work that looks at better understanding the autism experience for children, specifically around the disparities in the diagnosis and access of care. So a lot of data work. We work on several big code sets, so my work is mainly around using these advanced models to better understand where are these present, and how do we address them? So that’s that work. On the tribal health part of it. This is actually what I am planning on doing for my own doctoral research, is around trying to expand the availability of, specifically, heart care. So the cardiac rehab that I am trained in working on to individuals in a tribal space. The reason for this is that, based on some research we have, not only is heart health a major health burden within this space, but the relative risk of death from a heart-related problem in American Indians is somewhere around 53% higher than the average white adult’s, which is shockingly high. It’s the highest of any group. So, within this space, we also know that rehab is a thing that if we can get people into it, it dramatically drops the rate of a first event being like a heart attack, or if they’ve had their first one, their next event. But the problem is this, this is usually done in a hospital. And if you look at Navajo Nation, this is an area the size of West Virginia, they only have 13 hospitals total in that entire space. It’s very difficult to get to this, especially if you’re working full time, especially if you happen to be a farmer or you ranch or do both. So it can just be non feasible. So my work is focused around developing the foundational knowledge that I’ll take forward after I’m done, into the actual building of a generative AI that can supply this as a service within this space, and that is based on a very engaged approach, where we are working with folks from this space to help drive what does this AI look like? How does it engage? What do we do with cultural adaptation work? Because this is not my lived experience. It’s where I have knowledge, but it’s not my experience. It’s a different form of, a culture, a background, than what I am. So I am working on working with the tribes to be able to better drive what does this AI look like that we eventually build? How does it engage? And so that we’re not trying to walk in and propose a thing that doesn’t actually work because we don’t know what needs to be done yet. And so that’s, briefly speaking, the forms of AI that I do research on.

John: Some very valuable areas of research.

Tim: It’s exciting and frustrating at the same time. [LAUGHTER]

John: So we always end with the question, what’s next?

Tim: Yeah, in two hours, I’m going to go and see how this learning portfolio lands. That’s really what’s next for me is in two hours, we’re gonna dive into this for the first time for the entire class, and it’s no longer a trial. It is on the ground running. And yeah, I would love to do like a follow up, maybe in the summer or the fall, and we’ll actually have some figures and data and student feedback on how did the portfolios go? How did they change the class?

John: That would be great, and we’re looking forward to that conversation, so we’ll keep in touch.

Tim: Yeah, for sure. And I would just like to say, I do appreciate the time to chat, because I’m very excited about what we could do with AI in our space,

Rebecca: And it sounds like you’re finding ways to use it in all your spaces.

Tim: Absolutely.

Rebecca: So thanks for joining us. We appreciate your time and expertise.

Tim: And thank you, both of you.

John: Thank you.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

[MUSIC]

429. An Educator’s Guide to ADHD

Each student brings individual strengths and challenges to our classroom communities. In this episode, Karen Costa joins us to discuss ways to help students with ADHD thrive.

Karen is a faculty development facilitator specializing in online pedagogy, trauma-aware teaching, and supporting ADHD learners. Karen holds graduate degrees and certificates in education and education leadership; trauma and resilience; trauma-informed organizations; and neuroscience, learning, and online instruction. She is the author of 99 Tips for Creating Simple and Sustainable Educational Videos, and has served as a facilitator for the Online Learning Consortium, the Online Learning Toolkit, and Lumen Learning. Her most recent book, An Educator’s Guide to ADHD, has just been released by Johns Hopkins Press. Through her business, 100 Faculty, Karen offers supportive, fun, and engaging faculty support and development to faculty from all over the world.

Show Notes

  • Costa, K. (2023). 99 tips for creating simple and sustainable educational videos: A guide for online teachers and flipped classes. Taylor & Francis.
  • Online Learning Consortium
  • Lumen Learning
  • Costa, K. (2026). An Educator’s Guide to ADHD. Johns Hopkins University Press.
  • 100 Faculty
  • Clear, J., & Clear, J. (2018). Atomic habits: Tiny changes, remarkable results. Penguin Publishing Group.
  • Costa, Karen (2022). Systems Aren’t Scary. Medium. October 31.
  • Hallowell, E. M., & Ratey, J. J. (2022). ADHD 2.0: New science and essential strategies for thriving with distraction–from childhood through adulthood. Ballantine Books.
  • Dr. Ned Hallowell’s TikTok channel
  • Fehmi, L., & Robbins, J. (2008). The open-focus brain: harnessing the power of attention to heal mind and body. Shambhala Publications.

Transcript

John: Each student brings individual strengths and challenges to our classroom communities. In this episode, we explore ways to help students with ADHD thrive.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

Rebecca: Our guest today is Karen Costa. Karen is a faculty development facilitator specializing in online pedagogy, trauma-aware teaching, and supporting ADHD learners. Karen holds graduate degrees and certificates in education and education leadership; trauma and resilience; trauma-informed organizations; and neuroscience, learning, and online instruction. She is the author of 99 Tips for Creating Simple and Sustainable Educational Videos, and has served as a facilitator for the Online Learning Consortium, the Online Learning Toolkit, and Lumen Learning. Her most recent book, An Educator’s Guide to ADHD, has just been released by Johns Hopkins Press. Through her business, 100 Faculty, Karen offers supportive, fun, and engaging faculty support and development to faculty from all over the world. Welcome back, Karen.

Karen: Thank you. I’ve been here before a couple times. It’s been a while, and I just want to say I’m so impressed with your continued work, that you are able to put these incredibly helpful podcasts out into the world. I think the first time we talked was around COVID lockdowns, about trauma, and you’re still doing this, and I find that so impressive. Thank you for all that you do.

John: In fact, your first podcast with us during the pandemic was our most popular podcast ever, and it remains so, it’s still number one on our hit list of the most popular podcasts.

Karen: Well, that wasn’t me. That was because people were trapped at home and desperate for some kind of simulation. So I can’t take credit for that.

John: You provided some help that they desperately needed during that time.

Karen: I’m glad you said that. I do get nervous about these things, but I think you all are my first sort of podcast stop. I’m talking about this book, and it’s a little different, because the book’s not just about helping students and helping teachers, but it’s about me and being somebody with ADHD and late diagnosed and all that comes with that, and I speak pretty openly about it, but there is an element of vulnerability to that. So I gave myself a little extra TLC this morning, reminding myself that it’s normal to feel that vulnerability. I’m really glad to be having this first initial conversation with the book with you two who are so kind and welcoming and making me feel right at home.

John: And speaking of TLC, do you have tea today?

Karen: I don’t think I’ve ever had tea when I’m with y’all.

John: You’re one of many.

Karen: I don’t pretend, and I like to think I’m a truth teller. So I’m drinking a nice, crisp, cool, Polar lemon seltzer, because when I do podcast interviews or talks, I do tend to get warm, and there’s a non-zero chance these days that that could lead to a hot flash. So there’s no tea, and I’m keeping things cool. So to our listeners who also need to keep things cool, you are seen and supported.

Rebecca: You can have iced tea.

Karen: Iced tea, yeah, I have to limit, while this is another ADHD story for another day, but yeah, I got to be careful about the caffeine. There’s probably a decaf. I’ll explore it.

Rebecca: Maybe next time. Today I have a Kenilworth pekoe tea.

John: Very nice. Was this one you picked up in England too.

Rebecca: This is from Scotland.

Karen: You went to the UK recently.

Rebecca: It was last summer, but I stocked up.

Karen: Oh, I’m sure. I lived in London in college for study abroad, so I never made it to Scotland. That’s on my list. I’m jealous.

John: And I just have a mint tea, which I picked up in the local Wegmans.

Rebecca: Still important. All right, now that we’re all hydrated, we invited you here today to discuss An Educators Guide to ADHD. Can you tell us a little bit about the origin story of this book?

Karen: I always find that an interesting question, because we could go pretty far back, generationally speaking. There’s some stories there, but we don’t have that much time today, so [LAUGHTER]I’ll come into the nearer future. A few years ago, I read a book called Atomic Habits by the author, James Clear. I love reading nonfiction. I’m usually reading, because I am ADHD. The way I read nonfiction, I usually read four or five at the same time and sort of cycle through them, because that’s how my brain works. I really enjoy self- development type books. I know how to take what I need from them and leave the rest, because they often have things I don’t agree with and things that aren’t helpful, but I can usually take a nugget or two, and the message I took from Atomic Habits was to focus on systems more than habits, which is something I had already been doing, but it kind of named that for me in a new way. I got excited about it, and I talked about it a little on social media, and I got some, not a lot of, pushback, but some of the pushback was of the don’t do that, don’t read books like that. You’d be better off taking a nap and resting, sort of like people who don’t really support or like that, quote, unquote, business bros, type of advice. And I found that sort of pushback really concerning, because systems for people with ADHD are really life saving, sort of like assistive devices. And so I wrote an article about it called “Systems Aren’t Scary,” and I think it came out on Halloween, which is we’re recording this the day before Halloween. That’s why I called it “Systems Aren’t Scary” because I’m so clever. And Jim Lang and Derek Krissoff, who were at the time, at West Virginia University WVU press. I was talking to them about writing another book, and they saw that article, and they said, “Oh, can you write this book instead?” And I said, “Okay, sure.” Long story short, a lot went down at WVU a few years ago, and Jim and Derek moved on, and I moved on, and was really happy to end up through the leadership of Greg Britton at Johns Hopkins University Press. The book is coming out. At the time of this recording, it’s October, so I think you’ll be hearing it, right around comes out January, 20, 2026 it’s been a long and winding road, changing publishers like that. For somebody with ADHD who struggled with finishing things, it was interesting. I’m proud of myself that I stuck with it. Writing a book is an incredibly long process, slow process. I like to do things like immediately and quick. So book writing is sort of out of my comfort zones, but I really want to have this in the hands of people. I want the generations coming behind me to have it better than I did, and I really want people to understand ADHD for what it is, and to make the world a better place for my fellow ADHDers, so I’m glad that I stuck with it and got it out into the world.

John: You begin the book with an analogy between ADHD and living in a house that’s open to the elements, in terms of both the advantages and the disadvantages. Could you share this analogy with our listeners? Because I thought it was a great introduction to your book.

Karen: Oh, thank you. I changed that introduction 17 times. It’s lovely to hear that. It’s such a funny thing. Book writing is such a solitary process. So just starting the stage where I get to hear from learners who’ve read the book is very exciting. So give me a minute here to be like, “Oh, that’s so cool, John read my introduction.” I like analogies. The analogy is, imagine that you’re living in a house with the windows thrown open, no screens. You are just sort of at one with the elements. You have a certain layer of protection, but you can hear birdsong. Maybe birds even fly into your house. Maybe the cute, adorable forest animals come into your house as well. You sort of got like a Snow White vibe. Your neighbor walks by the house. You can call out to her while she’s walking her dog, and say, “Come over and have a chat. Have a coffee.” You can pass her coffee through the window. We can imagine sort of this combination of those really lovely positive aspects, but also you’re going to have the not cute forest animals and the mosquitoes in your house. It’s probably going to be noisy. You’re much more exposed to the elements. So it’s this combination of strengths and challenges. We can imagine the neurotypical house as being more similar to a house with the windows closed, so you have certain protection from those elements. There is sort of a more fixed or closed or rigid nature to it. I’m not using those terms as positive or negative, just trying to describe that experience. And there’s positives to that, right? It keeps out the pests. However, you’re not going to get to hear the bird song either. There’s pros and cons. Another analogy, I don’t think this is in the book, but I’ll share with people that I often have been thinking about lately, is if you want to cook spaghetti, you use a pot, and that’s where you boil the water and you cook the pasta in the pot, and then you want to drain the water out of the pot. So you use a colander or a drainer. And one of the ways we can think about ADHD as like the colander or drainer, and we might think of the neurotypical person more like the pot. You wouldn’t say, like, oh, the colander is better than the pot, or the pot’s better than the calendar. They’re different. They have different benefits and different drawbacks. You’re not going to cook the pasta in the colander. You’re not going to drain the pasta in the pot. So there’s lots of metaphors that we can think of ADHD, but this more sort of open fluidity. And a word I’m using a lot lately is porousness, because I think that word has less, sort of like goodness or badness attached to it. It’s kind of more like it’s just the nature of the item. So thinking about the ADHD brain and neurotype as more porous, which comes with challenges, but it also comes with strengths, so that more fluid or porous brain or neurotype or experience has a lot, a lot of benefits, which I talk about in the book, and it has a lot of challenges. And that’s where we can meet folks with ADHD.

Rebecca: A growing share of students are diagnosed with ADHD. Can you talk a little bit more about whether or not this is because more people are being tested?

Karen: When I wrote the book, I didn’t expect ADHD and autism to be in the news, as they have been recently this past year, in quite that way. There’s a lot of conversation happening on this, a lot of interest, and that boggles the mind. We don’t have any evidence, despite what you may have read or seen on the news, we don’t have any evidence that ADHD is growing. It’s kind of presented as like this monster that’s out of control and we have to contain it. That’s not what’s actually happening. We are seeing things like a decrease in stigma. A lot of that is due to social media, and a lot of that is due to specifically conversations that happened during the pandemic where a lot more folks sort of came online and came onto social media and were speaking more openly about some of those challenges. We also know that, particularly later in life diagnosed folks, crises or massive changes will often precede a diagnosis. So a lot of the people who [LAUGHTER] were in a structured work environment and then got sent home with all their stuff one day, [LAUGHTER] and had to live in a very unstructured environment that is often cited as one of the reasons a lot of people realized something’s going on here, because that external structure of the workplace went away. So, that didn’t create the ADHD, It revealed it. We have no data, and there’s no evidence that this is something that is growing because of… I don’t even know. I try not to listen to these people. I don’t want to give them too much attention. But there’s no evidence that it’s growing. It is likely due to an increase in awareness, a reduction in stigma. Social media is motivating people to realize things about themselves, and many folks have been saying, “I want to get tested,” or folks are self diagnosing. So we’re seeing sort of a rise in awareness about ADHD, which I think is a really good thing, because I talk about diagnosis as a map in the book, and whether we can talk more about this formal clinical diagnosis or self diagnosis, diagnosis can be a map, and it typically can be a map to support ,whether that’s through medical treatment, through lifestyle design, or to community. And for me, that was one of the biggest pieces of the puzzle, was finding people like me who I can talk to about this experience and know that I’m not alone in that. So we see that, when done right and supported, diagnosis can lead to a massive reduction in shame, which is one of the biggest challenges for people with ADHD. Diagnosis is increasing more because of awareness and access, and generally speaking, it can be a really good thing because it connects ADHD or their communities.

Rebecca: Folks feel less stigmatized who have ADHD is becoming evident in university environments because people are speaking out more openly about such a diagnosis and also asking for supports and having really healthy conversations. I know that I’ve had some of those conversations with students in ways that I wasn’t having previously, because the students brought that conversation to the table, which I think is really great.

Karen: I think that’s great, and two things can be true. So I think we are seeing a decrease in stigma, and I think like [LAUGHTER] we were starting from a really, really bad place. So like, any improvement is good, but I will tell you, I get messages from people all the time, private messages, like through social media or email, and it’s from people who are working in higher ed who either are ADHD or suspect they’re ADHD, and they’re coming to me privately to ask for advice because they don’t feel they can speak about it publicly. I talk about it because I try to use the privileges that I have to, again, make things better for people who don’t have the privileges and protections. I like to be honest, the biggest reason I’m able to talk about this is because my husband has a stable job that provides me access to quality healthcare. As an adjunct. If I didn’t have that access, would I be speaking about this publicly? I don’t know, because I can’t live without… I don’t really think anybody can, but I have chronic health issues, and I need a lot of support with my various diagnoses, so if I didn’t have that, I wouldn’t be able to do this. Yes, I think two things are true, and we’ll never be bored, because we have so much work to do and so many areas of opportunity. So we won’t be bored, is the good news.

Rebecca: I really appreciate you also just addressing and drawing attention to the differences of experiences often that students might have from faculty and staff too. This is true around accommodations and all kinds of things related to disability.

Karen: I want to speak on the accommodations piece. That was one of the most intense parts of the book. There’s a page in the book where I write about the process to get a diagnosis. Because right now in higher education, our accommodations model, in order to access learning through formal accommodations, students have to come in with a formal clinical diagnosis. And I forget exactly how many steps I wrote out in that process, but it was like 18 steps. That made me feel pretty sick about that, that that’s the model that we’re using, and obviously a lot of folks are designing around that, through Universal Design for Learning and focusing more on accessibility. That’s how I teach. I know so many folks listening to this teach that way. But the idea that the system that we, who claim to be some of the brightest people in the world, have developed has 18 steps in between students and access to learning is preposterous and infuriating. So again, though, the good news is no boredom, because we have plenty of work to do.

John: And your book is a nice, important part of that. And the issue you just mentioned results in a lot of inequity, because those steps take time, as well as some diagnosis that’s not free, typically. The people who are more likely to get diagnosed are people who do have the privilege of good health insurance and more free time and other things. So the impact is quite inequitable on students.

Karen: Absolutely, it’s not just the fact that you are asking somebody who has executive function challenges to go through an 18-step process, which is again preposterous. It’s that even if the person with ADHD can get through that, we know that there are massive inequities around race, class, and gender in terms of access to a formal clinical diagnosis. Girls and women are massively under diagnosed. I was one of those girls who slipped through the cracks until I was diagnosed at the age of 40. We know that black and brown kids are less likely to be diagnosed. They are more likely to be misdiagnosed, often with personality disorders, or they are funneled into sort of like the punitive discipline process, instead of getting access to their actual diagnosis that can lead them to community and to support. You’ve got this incredibly inequitable system that’s just people are getting misdiagnosed or not diagnosed at all. You get into higher education, and you say, in order to access what you need to learn, there’s all these barriers in place, and a formal diagnosis can cost upwards of $3,000 if your insurance doesn’t cover it. In addition, the most recent diagnostic appointment I had was eight hours long. I had to find somebody who could do the work. I had to drive into Boston, which is, as the crow flies from where I live, it’s like 30 minutes, but Boston traffic, it’s like two hours. So eight hours out of work and life, and go in and making the appointment. I can go on and on here. So just the casualness of how people talk about like, “Oh, you just need a diagnosis,” is just so wrong. It’s so, so wrong, and we’ve got to do better.

Rebecca: You talked a little bit already today in our conversation about how diagnosis can provide a little bit of a roadmap. Can you expand upon that a little bit, maybe from your own experience and how that provided you with a roadmap?

Karen: I have had the experience my whole life of feeling like an alien. This is actually a pretty common thing among folks who identify as neurodivergent. There’s some writing on this, which I learned about after I was diagnosed. And I was like, “Oh, that’s cool.” This feeling of wrongness, of this deep shame, of like, why can I do these things but not these other things? One of the things I talk about in the book that’s really challenging for people with ADHD is personal care and dental hygiene. This is the vulnerability I was talking about earlier. One of the things I struggle is remembering to brush my teeth, and not just remembering to brush my teeth, but remembering if I brushed my teeth. So if I leave the house, which I don’t too often, because I work from home, but anytime I leave the house, I don’t know if I brushed my teeth. I can’t remember. Speaking back to James Clear, I have a system that I’ve learned to create, and if my husband’s home because he works from home, I’ll text him and I’ll ask him, can you check my toothbrush to see if it’s wet? And he knows how to help me, so he’ll check. And most of the time, he says “yes,” but sometimes he says “no,” and I drive with a toothbrush and toothpaste in my car and a bottle of water. If I didn’t know that I had ADHD, that’s a really, sort of, like, scary and demoralizing and shameful thing of like, what’s wrong with me? Why can’t I figure this out? Right? Like, I just wrote a book, I have a master’s degree. I speak publicly, and most of the time I think I know what I’m talking about, but I can’t remember to brush my teeth. And that’s one of like, a million examples. When you get the diagnosis and you learn to understand your brain, and I understand now why I don’t remember to brush my teeth. And I understand how to design a system, and I understand that the most important part of that system is if I remembered or if I didn’t. I say to myself, “Karen, I’m so proud of you. I’m so proud that you checked with your husband and now you have your toothbrush in the car. I’m so proud of you,” or if I did remember I say “I’m so proud of you that you were…” like either way to learn how to speak kindly to myself. It was just so confusing before when I didn’t know what was going on. And those skills have been learned through therapy and working with coach and doing tons of study on ADHD and things like that. There’s work involved in that, but yeah, I think that shame reduction piece is so powerful, and you find people like yourself, like one of the books I talk about most in my book is the book ADHD 2.0 by Ned Hallowell and John Ratey, and they’re both medical doctors, but they both also have ADHD. And Dr. Ned, when I was first diagnosed, seeing him say… he would do these little TikToks about what people with ADHD, and then he would say, people like me. And when he said people like me, this doctor who has written multiple books, little pieces of me would start to heal. It was the “people like me,” not even the content that he was talking about. It was when he said, “people like me.” And that is, for me, the beauty of what diagnosis, whether clinical or self, can do, is it can help you find people like you.

John: So you received some really nice support from those videos. What can faculty do to better support students who do have ADHD, and you mentioned in the book that faculty need to unlearn what they think they know about ADHD. Could you talk a little bit about some of the misconceptions that people have?

Karen: The first problem we have in front of us is the name. ADHD stands for attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, and I’ve had very lovely sort of people who are ingrained in the clinical or medical model say to me, “that’s not deficit based,” and this has happened to me, so it has the word deficit in the name disorder. Yeah, so that’s not what it is. I still use the term ADHD. I don’t use the term attention deficit hyperactivity disorder because it is obviously deficit based, but it’s just we’re learning now that it’s incorrect. ADHD is not a deficit of attention. It is now increasingly being understood as an abundance of attention. And Hallowell and Ratey are on the leading edge of this. But we’re also seeing this influx of researchers who have ADHD coming into the field, and the framing of research studies and how you approach them, obviously impacts the outcomes. I know I’ve got a lot of research folks that are listening, and when you bring folks in who’ve actually lived with this neurotype, you open up this whole world. We are learning so much more about what ADHD is and isn’t, and one of the biggest misconceptions is that it is either deficit or superpower. So I use this model of strengths-based, challenge-aware, which I think is a much more middle path. It is not fully a deficit; i t does include challenges. I don’t like when people say it’s a superpower, because my family and I are fans of superhero movies, and all the superheroes are intensely miserable, and it has ruined their lives. I talk about Tobey Maguire Spider Man meme in the book, where he’s just the most miserable human on the planet. Superheroes are not generally healthy and happy, well-balanced people. So I like to really bring people into this middle path. This is a neurotype. Another way we can think of it as a brain style. It is part of the natural, vast variety of life and ways of being in the world, and it comes with challenges, and it comes with strengths. And I go into this in the book. We are taught that there’s one right way to be, the neurotypical way of being, and that anybody who diverges from that is both weak and threatening. The reason we do that is so that we can then deny those people resources, its not rocket science. So it’s really quite a radical thing for folks to say, “Wait a minute, I’m not weak or threatening. I’m part of the vast variety and natural neurodiversity that is part of the entire world.” And if you, as an educator, can shift your mind into that, you will not only be better supporting your students, but you’re really also sort of working toward a brighter, better future where we can move beyond some of those limitations. The biggest thing is to also bring in those strengths. And I want educators to know this is like a win-win. Your ADHD students are the creative geniuses of the world, and they are little engagement fireworks that you can be igniting in your classrooms. That’s the number one thing educators tell me that they want to do in their classroom is to engage their students, and your ADHDers are just like human vacuum cleaners who love to consume information, love to learn, have so many ideas, they’re gifts and assets to our world and to our classrooms. The most important thing that you can do as an educator is to get your mindset in check about what ADHD is. Get rid of the deficit. Get rid of the idea that there’s something wrong with us. We are part of the natural variation of the many neurotypes and ways of being in the world. We have challenges. We need help, we need support, but we also come to your classrooms with so many strengths. So if you can come into your classroom with that mindset, you’re going to reduce shame, and you’re going to design inclusive learning experiences for your ADHDers.

Rebecca: Can you talk a little bit about some practices in the classroom that can help lean on some of those strengths and help address some of the challenges.

Karen: The first rule of supporting folks with ADHD is externalize everything possible. Our working memory, as ADHDers, I mentioned this word before, is very porous. An example of that is if I leave this room of my house that I’m in now, and I go into another room with the intention of putting on a different pair of socks. When I get into that other room, I will have no recollection of why I’m in there. If I need to do that, what I will do is I externalize it. As soon as I say “I need to change my socks,” I will walk into the other room and I will repeat to myself, “change shocks, change socks, change socks.” I’m making it external, because I’m not able to hold change socks in my working memory, so that when I get to the other room, I can take that action. This saying “in one ear and out the other.” is how my working memory works, [LAUGHTER] or doesn’t, for that matter. It’s porous. The thing is that, I want to say this quickly, that porosity is the reason behind our creativity. Let’s go back to the open windows. So that’s why we’re getting birdsong. That’s why we are getting to play with the squirrels and have all that fun. That flowing creative energy is Hallowell and Ratey, call it “the paradoxical pairs.” The flip side of that is we can’t hold things in our working memory. So this is what you got to do. Everything is external. Everything gets written down. What you don’t want to do is like, if you’re on site and your students are walking out of class, time is up, you yell out the door, like, “Don’t forget, I want you to read pages 72 to 77 next week,” or whatever, in one ear and out the other. The second it’s out of your mouth. It no longer exists to me. Things need to be put into emails, put into task lists. We need to be putting things in multiple modalities so that it’s something that we can see and touch. I use multiple alarms. So I use like things that I can hear, things that I can see, things that I can touch. And there’s always multiple layers. Task lists are really a lot of bang for your buck. What do you want people to do this week? And it’s got to be something I can see and touch. Couple other things I’ll mention, metacognitive, or what I talk about in the book, is meta learning. So metacognition is learning about learning. Meta learning is sort of just like a more expansive way of not being quite so brain bound. Giving students a chance. I’ll name the elephant in the room, the AI elephant in the room. I’m seeing a lot of folks who are linking metacognition to some of the pedagogical strategies we can use in the AI era, having a greater focus on process rather than product, and metacognition and meta learning is great for this. So asking students, how do you plan to do this? And then after they do it, what did you learn from what you did? It’s great for everybody, but it’s particularly great for ADHDers, because we get to explore our process and what works best for our brains, and then the reflection afterwards, we get to see if it worked, and then we can redesign as we go. That’s a much better process than you imposing what you think your ADHD students should be doing. You’re putting them in the driver’s seat of your learning. This metacognition should really be much more intensely built into all our courses, but it’s a particularly powerful strategy for ADHDers. Fun fact, somebody who got their hands… I didn’t end up having to work with this person …[LAUGHTER] on an early copy of my book, who was from the clinical field, said pretty much word for word, “ADHDers can’t do metacognition,” and there’s reams of data of how good metacognition is for ADHDers. We absolutely can do it, and it benefits us, but there are still so many people out there who have this idea of like ADHDers can’t do that. That very ableist mindset is alive and well. But read the book. There’s tons of research in there to support this. The beauty of this is you’re not trying to make them be a neurotypical student. You’re empowering them to figure out what works for them. I could keep going, but I know we don’t have all day, so I’ll stop there. Read the book for more ideas.

John: Those techniques you’ve talked about are good for everybody, and they’re parts of inclusive teaching practices, which suggests that a lot of inclusive teaching practices will work for a wide variety of students with a wide variety of backgrounds [LAUGHTER] and needs, desires, interest and motivation. This is really good advice for all students. One of the things that you’ve talked a little bit about is that deficit mindset, and one of the things you suggest is that, as you have already mentioned, the term ADHD is a misnomer. And you suggest an alternative ON, or the open neurotype. Do you think using a more neutral term like that might help shift people from the deficit model to a more accurate representation of our students?

Karen: I thought I would have some fun with it and say, If I could rename ADHD, what would I name it? And I landed on open neurotype, because ADHDers, we are often “on,” I don’t know if we have an offsetting that’s one of the best parts about us. We have what the French would call a joie de vivre, a joy in life. One of our challenges is never turning off. It can be quite exhausting. “On” worked for that reason, but it also worked in that idea of a neurotype is one of the words I use to describe these, I don’t like the word conditions, but some folks are still using the word conditions. It’s a better word than conditions. It’s not a disorder, and it’s not a condition, it’s a neurotype. It’s a brain style, and then open is talking to that fluidity, that porosity, that flow, that is the best part of our ADHD learners, and it’s also the root of many of our challenges. I don’t know how we get from attention deficit hyperactivity disorder to something like ON. I do know that if the word deficits in the name, then it’s deficit based. So again, the way I’m doing it is I’m very transparent about my language choices, and I talk in the book and I say, like, I’m going to use ADHD, I’m going to tell you what it stands for, and then I’m not going to use that term again, and that’s what I do in my work. And I hope that, again, as we have this influx of ADHD researchers coming into the field and a lot more advocacy going on, I hope that we start to lean into more inclusive terms, just as one other example in the ADHD 2.0 book, they use the term VAST, variable attention stimulus trait, that is their alternative term for ADHD. And you’ll notice variable attention is speaking to the fact that ADHD is, once again, I’ll say it, not a deficit of attention. And stimulus trait is a much more flexible way of looking at this, not as a disorder, but as a collection of traits.

John: And the use of the VAST term, too, points out that there’s a whole spectrum in which people may have their attention. It could be very narrowly focused, or it could be much more open. And we have a wide variety of people, and we should be trying to address the needs of everyone.

Karen: I talk in the book about there’s this relationship between neurodiversity and biodiversity, which I find very fascinating, because we’re seeing that biodiversity is under attack, and a big part of some of the worst climate outcomes we’re seeing are related to the loss of biodiversity. And some of the original creators of this term neurodiversity were modeling it off of biodiversity. And the idea is that if you look around the world, you see millions of ways that life expresses itself. There’s not one way to be alive, and neurodiversity is lined up with that, there’s not one way of being a human being and expressing yourself and experiencing the world. There’s a seemingly infinite number of ways. So that vast variety is why life persists. Life didn’t put all its eggs in one basket, [LAUGHTER] sort of like why life is here. It’s a good thing. There is strength in diversity. I want to say the word diversity like 100 times a day, because we’re being told we’re not allowed to say it. It’s why we are here. Diversity is strength. So whether it’s neurodiversity, racial diversity, gender diversity, diversity is strength. And I just want to say it a million times, because people don’t seem to get it. And neurodiversity, biodiversity, we need to celebrate it all.

Rebecca: I wanted to circle back to the idea of attention. One of the phrases you used earlier and you use in your book, is that, like abundance of attention, I find really delightful. But we also hear a lot from faculty of concerns about paying attention or distraction or focus, all those kinds of words. Can you talk a little bit more about this range of attention and why maybe this narrow focus on how the term is used is problematic.

Karen: This one could probably be a book in and of itself, one of the first things that people can do if they want to explore this, a fascinating exploration is look at the different words and terms we use across various languages to describe attention. So I’m studying French later in life, which is a very ADHD thing of me, and the French translation is not to pay attention, but to make or do attention, which is a very different way of looking at it. Isn’t it interesting that in America, attention is something that we pay, so there’s a little like, “Hmm, let’s be curious about what’s actually going on here.” There’s a book I talk about in my book called The Open Focus Brain, by this guy, Les Fehmi, and his argument is that this idea that attention, it should be this very like you’re zoning in on one thing, is very much tied to capitalism, and that’s how you are efficient. That’s how you’re a good worker bee. That’s how you produce the most, is by zooming in on one thing. Zooming in on one thing is also what we want to do if we are like under threat. And he argues that by really cultivating a single pointed type of attention, we are training our brains to believe that we are under threat whenever we are sort of in that super- focused type of attention. He presents this alternative called “open focus.” And anybody who’s listening to this, who’s gone through meditation, I’m like a lifelong… this is another podcast… yoga student teacher and meditation student teacher. When you go through the meditation process, you often learn to start with single pointed meditation, focusing on an anchor or your breath, and then you learn to expand out, and you learn to sit in meditation and be open to all of the experiences and all of the noises and all of the sensations. One of those isn’t better than the other, so open focus is the idea that we are able to be taking in everything that’s happening around us: the other students in the classroom, the sound of the air conditioner, the smells in the room, ADHDers tend to have that sort of more open focus that can make it more challenging for us to be in that sort of productive, efficient mode, but it offers many gifts as well. That’s why we’re so creative, and why we are able to connect seemingly disparate ideas in really interesting ways. So it’s, again, that blessing and a curse. The other thing that we will do, ADHDers, when we’re in a setting where you’re saying, I’ve got to zone in and my focus is open, is that we will do something called stimming, which is things like doodling or fidgeting or turning around in our chair, things like repetitive motions, rocking. Both ADHD and autistic folks do this. We’re not doing that because we’re distracted. Doing that helps us to focus. So that’s one of the big messages I guess I’ll leave folks with is whatever you want to call it, you don’t know when people are paying attention. Attention is very complex. It’s very personal. It’s very diverse. Stop trying to police other people’s attention. The way that I pay attention. I mean, my desk is like covered with little toys and gadgets that I use behind the scenes [LAUGHTER] in Zoom meetings to keep myself focused. If you think attention looks like sitting still and not moving, you’re going to say she’s not paying attention. I actually am. I’m deeply paying attention because I’m doing all of those other things that give me those external structures that I need to focus in on what you’re saying. So stop trying to police people’s attention. Know that open awareness and open focus is another way of being in the world, and incredibly valid and important, and we probably need a lot more of it, and trust your students to do what they need to do to be present in your classrooms.

John: A friend of mine is an autism researcher, and we’ve talked about it quite a bit in terms of the type of focus that people with autism have. As I was reading your description of ADHD, I was seeing so many connections in terms of the different types of attention, and you mentioned that there’s an emerging recognition of an overlap between ADHD and autism. Can you talk a little bit about the ways in which they’re connected, or the similarities that occur in autism and ADHD,

Karen: I can. So here’s a fun little story for the listeners. In the middle of writing this book, I got a second diagnosis. After getting late in life ADHD diagnosis, I then got a late in life autism diagnosis, so am doubly blessed. And remember the winding journey of writing the book I mentioned earlier? Didn’t see that one coming either. So yes, I can speak to this from both lived experience and the research. AuDHD is sort of like this new wild frontier that we are seeing rise up. I’m really excited for this understanding of the overlap between autism and ADHD. I think we’re going to be hearing that term, AuDHD more and more and more in the coming years, there’s a lot of unknowns. So I have seen data that up to 80% of autistic folks would also qualify for an ADHD diagnosis. At that level, [LAUGHTER] you start to wonder what’s going on. And there are some folks who are saying, “Are these like the same thing, and they’re manifesting in different folks differently.” There was a time, up until several years ago, where you couldn’t get both an autism and an ADHD diagnosis through the DSM. They said these two things cannot overlap, and now they’re saying 80% of folks with autism have ADHD. So we are learning a lot. There are days when I feel like these are the same thing, and AuDHD is like a thing in and of itself, and there are days when I can feel them as separate entities [LAUGHTER] inside of my head. And it’s hard for me to explain that, unless you’ve lived with these neurotypes, it’s a very sort of fluid situation. I don’t know if it’s a question we’ll even be able to answer through research. I think it’s more something we’re going to move through and have to experience and really listen to people’s lived experiences. But you’re going to see a lot more AuDHDers in your classes, in your meetings. The joke is in our community that if you got a late in life ADHD diagnosis that you can just chill out for a couple years and then you just go and pick up your autism diagnosis as well, because there are some folks who believe the reason that they mask each other, and that’s why folks are getting late diagnosed. One of the ways [LAUGHTER] that I’ve heard it talked about is ADHD is the gas pedal and autism is the brake. So you’re driving a car pressing down the brake and the gas pedal at the same time. It makes for an interesting ride, but there’s some evidence that they’re masking each other, no less challenging for people. They are no less in need of support, but there’s some interesting overlaps going on there. If you’re listening to this and this is something that interests you, we just need a ton more research on this, a ton more support. We need people who are diagnosed and have lived experiences leading the charge on this. But yeah, AuDHD is going to be pretty big and very interesting for us to continue to learn about.

Rebecca: So earlier, you mentioned about Universal Design for Learning and also accessible design. Can you talk a little bit about how those methodologies, frameworks, might really help all students, but ADHDers in particular?

Karen: Yes, absolutely. So. I am a student and a facilitator of UDL, a practitioner of UDL, a wonderful approach that helps us address those accommodations, limitations, fantastic. Two things can be true. My concern about UDL is that sometimes I feel like it’s used to ignore disability or ignore difference, and I’ve heard sometimes UDL practitioners say things like, “We don’t even need to talk about your disability or your ADHD in the classroom, because we have designed this accessible learning experience.” Well, those are parts of me, so UDL is not intended to wipe that away. When done well, it should be inviting that into the experience. So what I think might be helpful, I’ll give an example. For me as an educator, I feel like I’m on the right track when I hear from a student who says I have accommodations, and I look at their letter and I am able to respond to them and say, “I’m so glad you sent me this. All of this is designed into the course already for all students,” that feels like I’m on the right track. And I will often disclose, depending on the situation, and let them know that this is something I live with, and I’m proud and happy to be a role model for them, and I am there to do anything I can to support them. I am not a mind reader, so please keep me updated on anything I can do. So that’s my approach to it, like I want to notice and I want to celebrate their identities and reinforce that throughout the course. I teach, primarily online, asynchronous, so it’s woven into my discussions, into the conversations we’re having, into my grading, into the types of resources I share with students. And it’s not disability I want to eliminate, it’s the need for that letter eventually, right? Like everything is built into my course already, I feel like I’ve done the right thing when I’m able to notice and celebrate and thank that student for sharing that with me and let them know it’s baked into the course for all students. The last thing I want to say about this is one thing I don’t like about UDL is when we say, here, “We can do this for ADHD students,” and people say, “Oh, and Isn’t it lovely that it’s good for everybody.” Two things can be true. Let’s let it be just good for ADHD students, that’s good. That’s good on its own. It’s great on its own. And I recognize that we want to motivate people to see the many benefits of this. And it’s good for everybody is a lovely thing. But I also want us to say that, like, “If it was just good for ADHD students, that would be wonderful, too.” So those two things are happening at the same time for me, and I think that’s important to mention when we talk about UDL.

Rebecca: I appreciate you pointing out these complexities, that multiple things can be true at the same time. Now that comes up a lot in the accessibility work that I do as well. So we always wrap up by asking, what’s next?

Karen: This is coming out in January, so I’m really excited to get the book out into the world, and hearing how people are going to react to it and use it will be exciting for me. The other thing I’m working on now is I’m shifting a bit from climate change mitigation to adaptation in my focus, which is to say, I’m always very mindful when I talk about the climate stuff. We need folks who are working to prevent climate change, and I want people who are doing that to keep doing that. I am feeling called to focus more on adapting to some of the worst impacts that we’re seeing already happening. And I’m really feeling curious about things like the fact that we have hundreds of colleges in coastal areas that we don’t know if they will be able to stay there. So I’m starting to take some classes on things like forced migration related to climate change, because my sense is nobody in higher ed is talking about this, or very few people, which is very understandable. I feel called to do that. I want to support campuses that might need to relocate, students who might need to relocate due to climate change, and I very much want to, in particular, help support disabled folks who are part of those changes, and to recognize that our ADHDers are, I think, the creative folks that we need to be leading a lot of the changes that we will need to be making in the next few decades, in this very volatile era. So one of our greatest strengths is that creativity piece. We don’t just think in terms of what has already been proven. We design and create new worlds and new ideas. I think that’s why I’m able to do that work well, and it’s a little disconcerting for some people, but I feel like it needs to get done, and it’s something I’m feeling curious about. So leaning into that more as well.

John: Certainly an important issue to be focusing on in a country where we need far more of a focus on climate change right now. Well, thank you. I very much enjoyed reading your book. I think it would be a great book for reading groups, for any faculty member to learn more about a non-trivial share of the students they’re working with.

Karen: The number that I use in the book is 5 to 10% but I’ve had classes where up to 40% of my students disclose ADHD, so I think that 5 to 10% is the tip of the iceberg, and I also think the vast majority of our students stop outs and dropouts are probably undiagnosed ADHD. If I’ve got anybody out there who’s connected to enrollment management, I think you’ve got a huge opportunity here to help students persist and complete by considering that lens of undiagnosed ADHD and higher ed’s failure to adapt to that as a big, big opportunity.

Rebecca: Well, thanks so much for joining us. We always enjoy talking to you, Karen, and sharing your work.

Karen: I am so grateful for both of you, again, the fact that you are able to persist and keep doing this is such a testament to who you are, and so needed in our world and our very rapidly changing higher ed so thank you for doing the work that you do. Action is the antidote to despair. So everybody’s got to find their small actions or medium or big actions that they can take to help make a difference. You don’t have to save the world, you just got to do your part.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

John: Editing Assistance provided by Madison Lee.

[MUSIC]

425. Authentic Voice in the Age of AI

Student use of AI tools presents challenges for faculty teaching writing. In this episode, Anna Mills joins us to discuss when and how AI tools can be used to help students develop their writing skills.

Anna has been a leader in exploring effective strategies for integrating AI into higher education in a manner that fosters the development of student critical literacy. Anna serves on the MLA Task Force on Writing and AI and as a lead advisor on the instructional design for MyEssayFeedback.ai. She also has served as the only educational specialist recruited by Open AI to test GPT-4 pre-release. Anna is also an OER advocate who has released numerous OER resources including two OER textbooks, one on How Arguments Work: A Guide to Writing and Analyzing Texts in College, and the other on AI in College Writing: An Orientation. She is also one of the developers of the PAIRR process in which students develop writing skills through feedback from peers, AI, and individual reflection.

Show Notes

Transcript

John: Student use of AI tools presents challenges for faculty teaching writing. In this episode, we examine when and how AI tools can be used to help students develop their writing skills.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

John: Our guest today is Anna Mills. Anna has been teaching college writing courses for 18 years and currently teaches writing at the College of Marin. She has been a leader in exploring effective strategies for integrating AI into higher education in a manner that fosters the development of student critical literacy. Anna serves on the MLA Task Force on Writing and AI and as a lead advisor on the instructional design for MyEssayFeedback.ai. She also has served as the only educational specialist recruited by Open AI to test GPT-4 pre-release. Anna is also an OER advocate who has released numerous OER resources including two OER textbooks, one on How Arguments Work: A Guide to Writing and Analyzing Texts in College, and the other on AI in College Writing: An Orientation. She is also one of the developers of the PAIRR process in which students develop writing skills through feedback from peers, AI, and individual reflection. Welcome Anna.

Anna: Thank you. I’m excited to be here.

John: We’re very happy to talk to you.

Rebecca: Today’s teas are:… Anna, are you drinking any tea today?

Anna: Oh, yes, I am drinking Yorkshire Gold. It’s my standby.

Rebecca: A classic.

John: That’s long been a favorite of some of our British colleagues, and I am drinking ginger peach green tea.

Rebecca: Nice. I have switched on to Jasmine green tea.

John: Very good. So we’ve invited you to here today to discuss issues that you’ve been writing about and talking about quite a bit related to fostering academic integrity while helping students develop AI literacy skills. First, though, can you tell us a bit about how you became interested in the possibilities for using AI in education?

Anna: Sure, so I actually grew up in Silicon Valley, and my dad was a software engineer working with the dinosaur age AI of the time, and so when I kind of stumbled onto today’s large language models, before ChatGPT, I was playing around with how well it would do generating essays that fit my assignment criteria, and I realized that it had made a point that I hadn’t thought of in critiquing a sample essay that I had written. And I just thought, this can complement my thinking. This can stimulate my own thinking, this can stimulate and complement what I already do. And if it can do that for me, then it might also stimulate my students, so it might support their learning, depending on how it’s used. But I think I’ve always been interested, growing up in Silicon Valley, in the divergences and convergences between human experience, human thinking, and mechanical processes’ logic and early computing. So I’m always interested in those kinds of tensions and questions, and I just was electrified when I realized that systems that can simulate thought are here. The Turing test has been passed, and that’s the strange age we’re in. [LAUGHTER] So, I think it’s an exciting moment.

Rebecca: Not all faculty lean in [LAUGHTER] necessarily in the same ways that you do, given your past history and your curiosities. One of the major concerns that faculty have about student use of generative AI platforms is that students might use it to substitute learning, rather than complement it, like you had just kind of noted. Many faculty have reacted to the availability of generative AI by simply banning its use. Is that a productive strategy?

Anna: I actually think it’s a pretty reasonable strategy. I would just say it can’t be the end, right? It’s a beginning, it’s not the full answer. And certainly, if we’ve designed a learning activity for the student to do, then it makes sense to ask them to do it, right? and not to have a machine auto-complete it for them. So as a first step, I think banning it for a learning activity that’s not designed for it makes some sense. I just think it’s sort of similar to the dawn of the internet, in that we might ban it for some things, but we also will start to build AI literacy curriculum to guide students as to how to understand this phenomenon, how to think about it, how to consider whether to engage with it or not, and we start to develop some assessments that might involve it as we figure out how it actually could support learning rather than getting in the way. So not everything has to involve it, and certainly we need students to do something, right? So we have to ban it in some contexts and in some ways, even if we want to work with it. So I don’t think instructors who ban it should be demonized at all. I think they just need a little more support to think about those next steps, as far as, how can I continue to guide students in this evolving landscape? How should I start to consider applications, limited applications and pedagogy. I don’t want to demonize anybody for banning it. I think it’s a very reasonable first step.

John: Would limiting or prohibiting its use on lower-level tasks be appropriate so that students could develop some basic skills in the discipline that they could then use to evaluate AI output? Because AI can be really productive, as you’ve noted, but it does also hallucinate, and it does produce output sometimes, which is not very reliable, but in order for students to be able to evaluate that, they need to develop some skill in order to be able to distinguish between what is quality output and what is not. So might bans be more appropriate as students are beginning to develop the skills and then perhaps progressively allowing more use of AI?

Anna: Absolutely, yeah, I’m completely with you on that, and I think there are parallels to calculators and computer use. And I’m very concerned about setting some guardrails, some guidelines, so that students still have these formative experiences, so they can develop the kinds of skills that they need in order to do their own thinking, make their own decisions, to interact with AI productively, to be skeptical of what it gives them, to improve on what it gives them. So absolutely, I want to do that, and that’s kind of why I’ve gravitated toward not inviting my students to use it in hybrid ways in their writing, I want them to have those experiences in college of developing an essay from start to finish, with their own words, their own ideas, their own organization. They’re making the decisions and AI is used in my pedagogy mainly for feedback, that they then reflect on critically. So, absolutely and I think, unlike the calculator, I think you have to wait longer before you’re really ready to be learning with AI in these hybrid ways. I think we have to protect space for students to develop their own skills, making their own choices.

Rebecca: We talked a little bit about disciplinary skills, but we’ve also mentioned AI literacy. Can you define what that is? I think we like vaguely have an idea of what that is, and we’ve been using that term over a couple of episodes, but haven’t really defined it.

Anna: Yeah, I think it’s hotly contested. Sometimes people use it to mean sort of technical knowledge about AI systems, and that’s not usually what I mean. But I think that you have to know enough to be skeptical, as John said, to know that there are errors and hallucinations, that these are fundamentally sort of pattern-matching systems. And beyond that, I think a lot of the things that help you interact well with AI are not specific to AI. So there can be general information literacy skills, reading, writing, and critical thinking skills, expertise in a subject matter, but I think they also involve knowing what current systems are capable of and some of the ways that people use them strategically, so some familiarity with this landscape of what people are doing with these systems and how well they perform. And that’s, of course, a moving target, but I think it is important for educators and students to be keeping up, to some extent, with what’s possible, because that will be part of workplaces, certainly. And at the same time, it’s not about the technical details. It’s not about learning Python and being able to build these systems yourself. It’s not even about prompt, quote, unquote, engineering. What we’re hearing is that, with the current systems, as they improve, you really don’t need these specific technical approaches. You need expertise and thinking and reading and writing skills. So I think any look at AI literacy should really emphasize those. But I think that there is also a certain familiarity that we need to support teachers and students to develop with what can you do now with these systems? What are people doing with them, and what are the pitfalls? What are the dangers as you use them?

John: One of the things that’s happened over quite a period of time is that more and more assessments in classes have been shifted outside of the classroom. That is especially true with online work, and if you are trying to restrict student use of AI tools while they’re developing those basic skills, one of the things that many faculty have tried to do is rely on AI detectors. How reliable are these? When is it appropriate to use them? And in what ways might it be appropriate to use them?

Anna: So they’re definitely not reliable, even the companies will acknowledge that those detection systems sometimes label AI text as human written and sometimes they label human written text as likely AI. So any use of them has to take that into account and not rely on them. That said, I do think they have a limited place in my practice, I have a lot of colleagues who strongly disagree with me, and I recognize some of the concerns that we don’t have rigorous testing of these systems for things like bias against English language learners, and I would like to see more testing and regulation around them, but that said, we do need ways to deter misuse, to make it less tempting to students, and I think AI detection does quite a lot in that respect when you use it to complement other strategies that reduce misuse, and when you reassure students that you know it makes mistakes and that you will take that into account, that you will meet with them, you will use other approaches to determine whether they’ve used AI. In my case, I’m not using it punitively. I am offering students another chance to rewrite. I’m giving them the benefit of the doubt where that’s necessary. If I meet with them and they can explain the essay pretty well, I’m not going to penalize them, even if the writing was flagged as AI. So I think there is a judicious way to use them, but I would also like to see a lot of guardrails around their use.

John: And we have seen a lot of cases where faculty just universally will accuse students of AI use when the detectors flag a high probability. But as you noted, that probably is not appropriate without some additional evidence, is that the approach you’d take?

Anna: Definitely, so I’m using detection, but I let students know that if their work is flagged, that means that we’re going to meet and talk about the essay. And when I meet with them, I let them know that I’m not trusting it, but that I am concerned. I want them to be learning, to be developing their confidence, their voice, and we can work together on that. If there is something that was more AI than they intended or they should have done, then that means they haven’t done the learning yet, and there’s still space for that in the class. And then I’m using it in association with a lot of other things. First and foremost, I’m emphasizing what can I do so that they feel engaged with the class and intrinsically motivated. I’m giving them a lot of choices about essay assignments. We’re talking about how writing helps us develop our thinking skills and how that’s applicable to many other things in life. And I’m checking in with them a lot about their engagement with the assignment. I’m offering a lot of support for their process, a lot of formative assignments along the way that are credit/no credit, a lot of tutoring support, scaffolding for the skills to help them build that confidence in their own voice. And I’m also offering ways to use AI that support their learning, that are not cheating and so kind of trying to guide them into that other path, where it stimulates their thinking rather than replacing it. So I think it all goes together. There’s not one right approach and one wrong approach. There’s a lot of things that can help. And you can get around detection, also. There are tools that will, quote, unquote humanize AI text to get around detectors. You can get around process tracking. You can simulate typing into a Google Doc and make it look like you’ve spent an hour on that Google Doc. So these approaches, they’re not adequate gotchas, and they shouldn’t be used in that spirit. But that said, we need accountability in most areas of human life, even if we mean well, sometimes we need help sticking to that, and we need deterrence for those actions that deviate from the path. And I think AI detection can be that, it can help with that. And as you said, we’ve got quite a situation with online learning, and we may need some proctored assessment to complement it as well going forward. But I think this is a little bit like cybersecurity, so it’s never going to be perfect, and yet you can’t stop working on it. And I think some technical mechanisms to discourage misuse can support educators, can be an ethical tool. So I think we should keep asking for ethical tools that support academic integrity.

Rebecca: Both you and John have talked about online learning and the challenge of assessments [LAUGHTER] in the age of AI, so other than oral exams or in class blue book exams, proctored exams, what else can we do in the age of AI to make sure that we have good assessments for students when these other ones might be a bit vulnerable?

Anna: Well, I think that there’s a great literature on humanizing online learning. People like Michelle pacansky Brock have really shared a whole bunch of wonderful practices that are good pedagogy anyway, so things like collaborative annotation, where students are commenting on the readings for class in a social way and responding to each other. Video and audio assignments, using platforms like VoiceThread or Canvas Studio, so building courses so that they are social in a variety of ways, including discussions, but beyond discussions, I think those things can help. Online learning doesn’t have to be sort of one direction, content delivery and then performance. There’s a lot more possibilities than that. I’m interested in things like lockdown browsers for a little bit more of a guardrail around some online assessment. But I also recognize that’s not secure either. Even with a lockdown browser, you can have another device and have aI going on that device. So I do think we might need some complimentary sort of proctored assessments. There’s this two-lane approach coming out of Australia that says we can have formative assessments where students may or may not use AI, but then we need to validate that there has been learning with some form of secured assessment. And I think we need to keep looking at what that looks like for online courses, balancing things like validity with student access. We got to keep going with online learning, because so many students would not be able to access their education otherwise, and we have to find ways to validate that, and that might mean various forms of observing student learning, close observation, whether that’s proctored assessment in person or some form of online process observation.

John: One of the things that I found somewhat troubling recently is the number of browser extensions that have been developed to automatically detect questions on the screen and to offer to answer those questions. In fact, Chrome provided one for a short period before taking it down. Would a lockdown browser be a strategy to prevent that, or would they not recognize the fact that there is this AI agent hiding in there that is doing the data input, rather than the students themselves?

Anna: Yeah, I have been wanting to test that. I’m not sure if lockdown browsers can block agentic AI browsers like Perplexity Comet or ChatGPT Atlas that will just move around and click and fill out forms for you in the learning management system. I think they might help. But long term, I don’t think teachers should have the burden of trying to design around this. I really think we need the learning management companies and the AI companies to help, to say to these systems, don’t complete work for students. It’s a very simple step that the big AI companies could take to drastically reduce this kind of threat to learning. I think we’ve got to pressure them to do that. And I think there can be mounting public pressure from parents who want their kids to learn, and they want their kids learning to count for something and not be judged against somebody else’s cheating. So I think it’s sort of a common sense societal interest that we’ve really got to push. We’ve got to make space for learning online, and that means don’t let the AI systems jump in and take over. Make sure that it’s the students. And there’s not a whole lot that I think I can do as a teacher to block AI agents. I might be wrong. There are educators experimenting with this. Tim Mousel just released a video where he shows how he built this little system to try to detect if it’s an AI agent and not a student. And maybe that can inspire the learning management companies to do something similar. But I think for most educators, we’re not running the Canvas or the Blackboard, and there’s not too much we can do. Multimodal assignments might slow down an agentic browser, like it’s probably not going to be able to generate a video with my face too easily without a little help. So yes, those things might help a bit, but I don’t think it makes sense to ask teachers to redesign our entire pedagogy when we really don’t have a lot we can even do to block this, and the big companies do have things they can do to block it.

John: We’ll include a link to that video in the show notes. I saw it this morning on LinkedIn myself and I. He was able to block two of the three things he tested with his work. But it’s an escalating battle. We have better things to do with our time as educators than to fight that.

Anna: And why should we throw out pedagogy that works and that is research based? Why should we deprive students of those kinds of learning experiences that we know how to provide? So I really want to protect things that we know are valuable. I want my 14-year old son to have those learning experiences, and teachers shouldn’t have to throw them away. That doesn’t make any sense.

Rebecca: You talked a little bit earlier about ways to preserve academic integrity, but also to motivate students. And you hinted at a few things like process, scaffolding, and things like that. Can you dive a little bit more into what that looks like, maybe in one of your classes?

Anna: Sure. So in writing pedagogy, we’ve been teaching writing processes and strategies for years. So in my class, that starts with collaborative annotation of readings for the class, so students are speaking back to the text in the margins and talking to each other about it, and that starts to lay the foundation for what they want to say in their essays and for making space for their voices. Then there are a lot of low-stakes assignments where they’re brainstorming or they’re writing drafts where they have permission for them to be terrible. We’re reading about writing strategies that help us get past those difficult moments. We’re acknowledging that thinking is hard and sometimes painful or frustrating, and that’s okay, and there are lots of things we can do to seek support. I’m assigning tutor visits as homework. I’m giving lots of chances to review each other’s drafts, to revise, to reflect on AI feedback before there’s a final draft due, and even then, I’m saying, “You can rewrite to raise the grade.” So this is an ongoing process where there’s support all along the way. We’re going to get stuck, but there are a million moves we can make to feel better and to ultimately push our own thinking further in the writing process. And you get credit for all of those things that you do. So I’m hoping that that’s really an affirming and a hopeful orientation to writing that carries a lot of empathy for the moments [LAUGHTER] when it’s hard and onerous, but that ultimately offers a lot of options for every step.

John: Many of the guests we’ve had on the podcast in the past have advocated alternative grading systems as a way of shifting the focus from grades to learning. Have you experimented with that? Or have you talked to many people who have tried this, and has it had an impact on improving student motivation in shifting the focus from just trying to maximize grades to maximize learning?

Anna: Yeah, I think it definitely does help. A proportion of my class is sort of ungraded credit/no credit for process assignments, and then I do have a portion that’s graded. I think it can help. I think you still have to have a certain minimum standard for passing the class, but I think it’s something I’d like to explore further, because I think it does remove a lot of that anxiety for students. The sense of inadequacy is huge in first-year composition classes and the sense of imposter syndrome, and “maybe I don’t belong here, and I should be using big, fancy words.” So, there’s so much sense of inadequacy and fear and imposter syndrome in first-year composition in community colleges where I teach. So you can say to students, “I want to hear your voice and you don’t have to use fancy vocabulary and all of that,” but it’s hard for that to really sink in. I think that ungrading can be part of just affirming whatever it is that students bring to class. But I think also sharing examples with students of student voice, and celebrating that, can be powerful as well, so that it really becomes the students’ space and more on their own terms, and I think ungrading can be part of that.

Rebecca: One of the ways that you’ve talked a little bit about doing this is through the PAIRR process. Can you talk a little bit about this process for our listeners?

Anna: Sure. So PAIRR stands for peer and AI review plus reflection. This was actually developed first at University of California – Davis by Carl Whithaus, Lisa Sperber, and Marit MacArthur, principally, but I was doing something very similar on a parallel track as a volunteer advisor for MyEssayFeedback, which is this not-for-profit app, and then I joined forces with the UC-Davis PAIRR researchers, and we’re now working together because it’s an approach essentially to bringing AI into what we already know about good writing pedagogy and building AI literacy in the process. So basically, you keep what’s good, including peer review and instructor feedback and students drafting, putting together their own draft, and then you bring AI in for feedback that stimulates further revision, and you encourage students to question that feedback and compare it to what they got from their peers, and think about how they feel about that, and what was their actual purpose with the writing. Did the AI feedback get it right, or did it misinterpret what they want to do? So you’re building this habit of skepticism of AI and also building some prompting skills, helping students get the most out of that feedback by pushing back in various ways and asking for more from the system. So that’s the core of the approach. But we also start out with some AI literacy readings, so that students have some basic concepts about what these systems are and AI literacy, including questions around the ethics of AI and how those ethics should influence our decisions about AI use. That’s a big piece of it as well, but really the goal is to support students’ sense of agency around their own words, their own thinking, and their choices around using AI. So it’s a really simple method, and I think, very complementary to existing pedagogical practices. So it’s kind of something that people who are against or afraid of AI can use, and that people who are excited about AI can use. I think of it as kind of a meeting place, this approach.

John: How have students responded to this approach, or the approach that you’ve talked about with MyEssayFeedback?

Anna: So the UC Davis researchers, they have a piece out in Computers and Composition. They found that students overwhelmingly preferred having both peer and AI feedback. They found them the most useful in combination. They didn’t want one or the other. Often the AI feedback reinforced the peer feedback. Sometimes it provided a complementary perspective. They also noted flaws in it, that it wasn’t always right, and so that’s overwhelmingly what I’ve seen as well in student response to MyEssayFeedback. I’ve used it for I think this is the fifth semester, and that’s what we’ve seen in other teachers’ observations and student testimonials on MyEssayFeedback, that it’s sort of like, “Oh, this is a way that AI can support my writing and not interfere and not get in the way. I’m still in a driver’s seat, but I’m getting help.” So I think it’s a really powerful paradigm for students that they appreciate. There’s the concrete help, but there’s also that paradigm shift around what AI can be for them. And we hear that again and again in student comments, and we’re still doing further research, so we’re still looking to improve the process, to improve the prompts that we use, the ways we request AI feedback. We’ve done a lot of testing on those prompts, and we shared them publicly as well. So I think we can keep improving that model and sharing it and inviting others to improve on it as well.

Rebecca: One of the things that I can imagine as a student that would be interesting is when you have peer feedback and you also have AI feedback, there’s sometimes conflicts in that feedback, but there’s also places where that feedback converges, and that happens when you have feedback from multiple people anyways, it’s not always the same, so sometimes that helps, maybe, prioritize what to work on or to focus on.

Anna: Yeah, I think sometimes students don’t know whether to trust the peer feedback or the AI feedback, so it is helpful to see where they overlap with each other. We also designed one of our prompts so that it would try to nudge students to speculate on what the human readers will feel or think or want, to kind of remind them that the point is the human readers’ response, ultimately, not so much does it meet the criteria or the grade, although that’s also part of the feedback, but what are your human readers going to want out of this? And that the AI can help them think about that and remind them of that framework, so it really can complement this human-oriented writing process.

John: We have a lot of faculty, though, who are still a bit reluctant to try anything related to AI, and they just like to bury their heads in the sand, or who are just giving up on a role for faculty in affecting the evolution of how we do this in education, because they feel that it’s being dictated to us from the big tech companies out there, and we don’t have any sort of say. How would you respond to those faculty who are either just ignoring AI or who are perhaps giving up any hope of being involved in how we use these tools?

Anna: Yeah, I would say “I hear you.” That makes sense. It’s a lot of cognitive load and labor to engage with it, to learn about it, to try out new strategies, to understand how people are using it. Those of us who are on social media a lot learning about AI and education often liken it to a fire hose coming at us. There’s constant change, and this is labor. I think it is possible, though, to support faculty, to compensate the labor to develop programs that make space for faculty to learn and to shape and reshape our pedagogy, our AI policies, our own practice in an emergent way, in a collaborative way, that is not dictated by the AI companies or by for profit ed tech. And there have been some great examples of this that I’ve been able to be part of. One program at College of the Siskiyous that has participants get a stipend. They attend meetings, they learn certain things, but they’re developing their own project that they’re later going to share and showcase that builds on what they’ve learned, but that is very much their own. And that’s the kind of community of practice model that has some learning, some outside instruction, but also a lot of faculty making decisions based on their own experience and practice. And I think that’s the kind of model that shows respect for faculty, time, energy, and labor that I feel good about saying, if we do this, then we really can ask faculty to engage, and that will feel very different from the AI company saying, “Look at this cool thing we built. You should be using it in X, Y and Z ways. So do a whole bunch more work.” It’s understandable that people would want to say no to that kind of ask, but I think it is possible to support faculty to engage on our own terms, and that’s what we need to do. I just think faculty empowerment around AI is really something I want to see more of. Those of us who are afraid of or hate AI, those of us who are excited about it, all of the faculty voices are needed to shape what is our society going to look like? What is learning going to look like? We should be the ones shaping that. So I want to see more involvement, more people listening to us, in terms of how these systems are shaped, how the learning management systems are shaped, where the money goes. And I think we don’t need to be intimidated. These systems are very straightforward to interact with. We have the expertise to work well with AI. We have the expertise to give guidance on how it should and shouldn’t be used, and what the systems should do and not do. So really, they need us. Society needs us. Let’s step up to that. Let’s claim that, a more powerful place in shaping our future with AI.

Rebecca: So we always wrap up by asking, what’s next?

Anna: Well, I want to improve on this AI orientation textbook that I’ve done and really share it, and I want to start making more student facing videos. I think one space where a lot of learning happens that both faculty and students haven’t yet tapped into as much as we could is social media, and so I do a lot of engagement with other faculty learning on social media, and I want to reach students on there as well, and be in dialog with students on platforms like YouTube and TikTok, because I think that this is a moment of great vulnerability, risk, possibility, overwhelm, change, and the only way to feel good [LAUGHTER] in those kinds of moments is to sort of turn toward each other, to support each other, and to keep talking through it, and to sort of make space for new practices to emerge. So that’s really where I get my energy and hope. And I think that my wish would be for more faculty and students to get to experience that with each other and find more spaces for that with each other.

John: Excellent. I’m not sure I’m ready to do any of the TikTok dances, but that would be a place to go to reach students. [LAUGHTER]

Anna: Right. And I’m all about like that vulnerable message to students of “I don’t have all the answers, and even I question sometimes whether I should use AI at all, given the ethical concerns, I don’t have the perfect prescription for ethical AI use, but, here’s what I’m learning, here’s what I’m doing now, and why and how you might critique that, but why I’m still doing it.” I think we can be honest and vulnerable with students, and it feels better to me when I do that. I think ultimately, as an educator, it is exciting that this is all changing so fast, and students want to talk about it, they want to learn about it, they want to develop their own opinions about it and responses to it. And that’s where we are, too, as teachers. So that’s the moment where we can really meet students in a really genuine way and be energized together. To be honest about this, I think that’s a good aspect about the moment. There are a lot of challenges, but that is a good thing about where we are today as teachers.

Rebecca: I really appreciate that idea of bringing people together to talk about the issues that are really bothering them or exciting them, or whatever emotion they’re [LAUGHTER] having about it, and that experts and the novices can be together in the same space and learn from each other.

Anna: Yes, AI keeps hijacking our department meetings in the English department. [LAUGHTER] Everybody wants to talk about it at every meeting, whether it’s on the agenda or not. So we need each other. We need those conversations. And there’s so much energy around it. We really can support each other and grow together given that great need.

John: And it’s hijacking pretty much every educational developer conference that I’ve been to in the last three years. [LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: Or podcasts for that matter, John.

Anna: Yeah. [LAUGHTER]

John: Well, thank you. It was great talking to you, and we’re looking forward to more conversations in the future.

Anna: Thank you for your wonderful questions and a wonderful conversation. I appreciate it.

Rebecca: Thank you.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

John: Editing Assistance provided by Madison Lee.

[MUSIC]

358. Essentials of the New Science of Learning

Most freshman students enter college with little knowledge of evidence-based strategies for successfully navigating the college experience. In this episode, Todd Zakrajsek joins us to discuss a variety of approaches that students can use to more efficiently achieve their learning goals. Todd is an Associate Research Professor and Associate Director of a Faculty Development Fellowship at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. He is also the Director of four Lilly conferences on evidence-based teaching and learning. Todd is the author of many superb books, and has published six books (so far) in the past five years. His most recent book is Essentials of the New Science of Learning.

Show Notes

Transcript

John: Most freshman students enter college with little knowledge of evidence-based strategies for successfully navigating the college experience. In this episode, we explore a variety of approaches that students can use to more efficiently achieve their learning goals.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

John: Our guest today is Todd Zakrajsek. Todd is an Associate Research Professor and Associate Director of a Faculty Development Fellowship at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. He is also the Director of four Lilly conferences on evidence-based teaching and learning. Todd is the author of many superb books, and has published six books (so far) in the past five years. His most recent book is Essentials of the New Science of Learning. Welcome back, Todd.

Todd: Well, thank you. It’s great to be back.

Rebecca: Today’s teas are: Todd, what do you got today?

Todd: Oh, today I have a white ginger pear.

Rebecca: Nice.

John: Very nice. And I am drinking something similar, a ginger peach green tea.

Rebecca: Nice. I’ve got Cardamon Cinnamon.

John: Nice.

John: We were just talking to you a few months ago about your last most recent book, but we’ve invited you here today to discuss your newest most recent book of the year. Can you tell us a little bit about the origin story of The Essentials of the New Science of Learning: The Power of Learning in Harmony with Your Brain.

Todd: When I worked on The New Science of Learning: Learning in Harmony with Your Brain, that book, its third edition has gotten up to be about 265 pages, and the book was actually written for students. It is still for students, but when it started, the whole concept of this book is it would be used as kind of an ancillary text in a class. And a friend of mine out in California used it in a community college in a developmental math class, and they found, actually, when they used the book in the class, that the attrition rate went down. And for developmental math, that’s a very important concept. In fact, the students who did pass for the next semester, the students who had learned about the science of learning, that attrition rate was even further down. So it’s helped out a lot. The problem is, once it gets up to 265 pages, you can’t use it as kind of an ancillary book. You know, “Read this chapter, it’ll take you 10 minutes.” The New Science of Learning is built more to be like a primary book for a first-year seminar course. So this book, being The Essentials, allowed me to come back and add some new things about AI and a few other things. Is kind of a streamlined version of that that can be used in a class, so that you could say to your students, for instance, “Hey, on Wednesday, make sure you read the chapter on sleep,” and then you talk about the content. When Wednesday comes along, you spend five minutes talking about sleep, what did you learn? And then you move on with the content. And that’s how you can infuse it in the class.

Rebecca: Why isn’t this material taught to students earlier in their education process.

Todd: Aaaah… this is a question that we’ve talked about before with other kinds of science of learning things. It’s frustrating. I take the breath because it’s frustrating. It’s funny, across country, if you ask students two questions: “do you like to learn?” and “do you like school?” you tend to find that the students will say yes to both those questions until they hit right about third grade. In third grade, we start picking up some of the testing and really focusing more on content, and at that point, we start telling students, you need to learn these things, but we don’t tell them how. There just is this assumption that because people are learners, that they can learn it. But learning out of a book is very artificial in terms of how we evolved. So the concept is students should be taught that, and I really believe they should be taught that starting in about third grade. And could you imagine a student that comes into college that has spent eight or nine years learning how to learn along with the content that they have? I think it would be amazing, but typically not done, so it should really be done as soon as they get to college and as quickly as possible. And it doesn’t matter who I talk to. I have talked to students from all kinds of disciplines. I’ve talked to students in medical schools, nursing programs, a lot of the health professions, they do a ton of content really fast. I’ve talked to students in philosophy and history and psychology, and almost invariably, people will come up afterwards and say, “Why doesn’t anybody teach us this stuff?” And so the students see value in it too. We get focused on content, and we don’t tend to do it.

Rebecca: It’s interesting, Todd, that you’re saying that there’s a wide range of people that are hungry for this information because before we were recording, I was doing graduate student orientation. I was talking to a couple of MBA students who had been out in the field, into their career 10 years, coming back to school, and I had embedded some of this kind of information in their online orientation. They said, “Oh yeah, I watched this TED talk that you had included [LAUGHTER] about the science of learning, and it was really great. It was so interesting.” And I had included that study from Michelle Miller.

Todd: Oh, yeah.

Rebecca: And he had read it, and it was fascinating. He’s like, “I was so surprised that I didn’t know some of this stuff.” So we’re talking about it at lunch today, and they were all talking about, “Yeah, that was really interesting. I’m so glad you included that.” But it just goes to show that it doesn’t really matter who our learners are. They’re really hungry for this information, and it’s really valuable to them.

Todd: Yeah, I will say quickly, in terms of the book that a lot of this is drawn from, which is The New Science of Learning, the full version of it that I have at the end is, if you find this valuable, or if you’d like to just ask other questions, I put my email address in there and just send me an email. And I got an email like, three weeks ago from a student who’s going into a health professions field, and he’s going in as a post grad. I mean, he’s going in as a master’s student, and they’re all required to read that book coming into the class, so it’s at any level. In fact, faculty find a lot of the stuff new and interesting to them, so we should teach it to everybody. Somebody should write a book about it.

Rebecca: Huh.

John: And fortunately, you have.

Todd: Hey, [LAUGHTER] me and a couple other people have too.[LAUGHTER]

John: So you mostly focus on effective learning strategies and how students can use the time more efficiently in learning. You also provide a lot of other advice to students about challenges that might arise for different students or students in different categories. Could you talk a little bit about some of the other advice you provide in addition to those directly related to learning?

Todd: Yeah, there’s a lot of other things that I think are really important. There’s a chapter on how we learn and a chapter on how we remember things, which learning and memory are separate, and those talk about the structures and the way we do that, but there’s so many other things that come into play, and a lot of things from social psychology. Everybody talks about cognitive neuroscience and cognitive psychology, but if a person understands exactly how to learn. If you’re really, really frustrated at the time you’re trying to learn, it doesn’t matter the actual cognitive structures, because the social part of it just wipes that out. And so things like microaggressions, how we perceive other people and how we interact with other people, has a huge impact on learning. Stereotype threat, whenever we get in a situation, if we’ve got a person who is a minority within a class. So it could be a male in a nursing program with mostly women. It could be in some discipline that has mostly men with a woman. It could be a student from an underrepresented group. When there’s an individual there that doesn’t typically come into the play, they’re under this pressure all the time that if they do poorly, then it reflects on “Well, maybe men can’t do nursing,” and so there’s extra pressure on them, and they tend to struggle with that. And things like imposter syndrome, almost everybody I’ve talked to at some point or another says that I don’t feel like I really belong, or I don’t feel like I know as much as other people think I know. And so those types of things, along with goal setting and dealing with or helping people who are working. I mean, what happens when you’re trying to work? Huge proportion of our students now work part time, but there’s a large portion also that work full time in addition to being full-time students. So a lot of those things can be drawn into this whole concept, and all those things are in the book.

Rebecca: One of the topics that you discuss is managing cognitive load. Can you talk about some of the recommendations you make related to this?

Todd: Yeah, cognitive load is one of the foundational things. And if you’re a listener and do not understand what cognitive load is, one of the best things you can do is get up to speed on that a little bit. A place to start, I always say, is Wikipedia. And if there was a motto that I would throw in there, it would be Wikipedia, great place to start, and a hideous place to finish. And I just want to point that out there, because there’s some stuff you can get pretty quickly. But here’s the thing with cognitive load, is it basically boils down to there’s only so much information your brain can process at any given time. And if you try to do too much, then it pretty much shuts down enough in one area so that it can process a different area. Be a little bit like if you’re putting together an IKEA bookshelf for the very first time, and your significant other comes into the room and says, “Hey, where do you want to have lunch?” And you may very well say, “Not right now,” and your brain’s just full with all of these parts and how things are supposed to fit together. Once you put 10, 15 IKEA bookcases together, you could carry on a conversation with somebody else while you’re doing it. And that’s an all cognitive load issue. The first time you do something, it is taxing, and it takes extra energy for your brain to sort out all the pieces. But the more you do something, the easier it becomes. And this is why, as an expert, you have to be careful. Because as an expert, I might say to my students, read this article, this 10-page article, and I might read that 10-page article very, very quickly, because I’ve read this kind of stuff over and over and over again, but the novice is going to take way more time because it’s their first time doing it. So we can talk to students about the fact that this is going to be hard when you start, and then as you do it, more and more, it’ll be easier, and that’s a cognitive load issue. As you actually work on things as combinations, as things come together, you build what are called schemas, and those are like scripts that all come together, and as you activate a whole schema, then that’s just there. If I go golfing, I don’t have to think about every little piece of that. Or if I’m driving, I don’t have to think about how hard I turn the wheel and turning on a turn signal and everything else. I have a schema for being in a car and the types of things you do. So as we practice and go through these things, that’s the cognitive load issue. There’s going to be heavy cognitive load, which we have to be cognizant of, and then, as we do it, it becomes easier. And then there’s another piece to this. Is if there’s things in your environment that don’t help you to learn, but they take up cognitive energy, so a conversation by people on the other side of the room, pretty much everybody in here listening this has probably, at some point been reading something, and people are talking, and you either say, “Excuse me, could you quit talking?” Or you pack up and go someplace else. If you’re reading a hard article, that will happen. If you’re reading something like a novel, people can be all over the room talking, and you don’t care. That’s a cognitive load issue. Hard article, high cognitive load, an easy thing, lower cognitive load. This is one I will jump in there and say, too, this is an area that AI has me very concerned. Because as you start anything, you start at the foundational level, and it’s challenging, but as you work with it over and over again, it becomes less and less challenging, then you can move up to more complex things. If AI is doing the simple foundational stuff for us, then we don’t develop that base that allows us to kind of automatically process something, so that we can move to a higher, more complicated thing and then practice that and go to a higher, more complicated thing. If AI is doing a chunk of it, we don’t ever develop the base of it. And so I’m concerned with respect to cognitive load development and how AI might come into play with that, but that’s the two-minute version of a topic that we spend two or three class periods on [LAUGHTER] in a course in psychology.

John: One of the many other topics you address in this book is metacognition. Why is developing metacognition so important? And what are some strategies that students can use to increase their metacognition?

Todd: Yeah, cognitive load is huge. Metacognition is right in there next to it. And metacognition basically boils down to knowing how much you know, knowing how much you’re thinking about something. It’s the process of thinking about the process, and we often don’t do that. It’s actually kind of fascinating when you chat with people, is they’ll engage in a behavior and not think anything about what they’re doing. So we fall into patterns. And so I’ve had students for years that will come in and say, “You know, Dr Z, I’ve read the chapter like four times and I’m still struggling.” And I’ll say, “Well, why did you read it four times?” It’s like, “Well, I need to to learn it.” “Isn’t there any other way you could learn it?” And as I’m asking these questions, I’m trying to bring up a metacognitive concept of let’s reflect on your learning process. If you’re struggling with the material when you read it, it may very well be that two, or three, four more times… In fact, research has shown that you’re probably not going to learn anymore, because if you’re not paying attention to your cognitive functioning, you may very well be reading while you’re daydreaming about something else. And the reason I mention that is that that is not being aware of your processing of information. So again, something that all of us have done, you finish reading a chapter of a book, or you finish reading an article, and just as you get to the end of it, it’s like, “Oh, my word,the entire time I was thinking about bacon or lunch of some kind.” And if that’s the case, you’ve just wasted that time. So for metacognition, it’s kind of thinking about how you’re studying, evaluating it, to what extent are you successful When you sit down and study for an hour, and if you quiz yourself, do you know more or don’t you? So practicing with that, thinking about while you’re studying, what’s going well and what’s not going well. If you’re frustrated in your surroundings and you’re having trouble processing, then you can make changes. If you don’t think about it, you can’t and then also thinking back. So after I take a test or after I study, I can think what went well and what didn’t go well. And that’s all kind of metacognitive things that, because of the way we live, we just don’t tend to do them. And so you know people who will repeat the same pattern over and over and over again, and we use phrases like, “You’ve done this four times, it’s always failed. What were you thinking?” And when we say “What were you thinking?” we’re actually asking a person, to what extent are you engaging in metacognition. But quite frankly, the “What were you thinking?” it’s such an automatic statement that it really doesn’t pertain to thinking.

Rebecca: Feel like a next interesting leap might be to talk about the myth of learning styles, which is something that people often cycle through and say often as well, like, “I’m a visual learner, and this isn’t in a visual style, so I can’t possibly learn it.” And this is something that you address in your book as well.

Todd: Yeah, I think foundationally, first of all, for anybody listening, I’m pretty sure you probably know about learning styles, but if you don’t, there’s a whole concept out there by Neil Fleming came up with this in terms of the learning styles index. And essentially, you take 13,14 quiz questions and you answer these questions, and based on how you answer them, you’re categorized as typically, either a visual learner, an auditory learner, or a kinesthetic learner. A couple of foundational things. Number one, anytime there’s some kind of a test that you can take on Facebook or online or in a quiz book or someplace or even somebody reading 13 items to you, and that’s supposed to tell you how you function as a human being. We’re way more complex than that. Psychologists will ask hundreds of questions to come up with a response that says based on the hundreds of questions that we have, all these validated questions, we believe you will tend to do this. Now, think about that for a second. That’s after a whole battery of tests. They’re saying we think you tend to do this, which has got a lot of hedging in it, which is different than 13 items, “Oh, you’re a visual learner.” So keep in mind that it doesn’t work that way. Number two is that there’s nobody who scores like every item is all on visual or every item is on kinesthetic. If you tend to answer, let’s just say 40% of your answers are on visual learning, and 30% are on auditory learning and 30% are on kinesthetic learning, you’d get categorized as a visual learner because that had the highest percentage. But really it’s a 40-30-30. Why wouldn’t you be categorized as all three? But boxes are easier to deal with, so the learning styles has lots of concepts behind it. Research will also indicate or show you pretty quickly if you read through this stuff, it’s just not how learning works. I would just love to say this, because I don’t want to just say learning styles isn’t good. Here’s the concept Is basically the best way to learn is to practice with the material in a way in which you want to retrieve it. If you want to actually dance, the best way to learn is kinesthetically, by dancing. You might get some auditory or visual information of here’s what the pose looks like, but by and large, you’re going to want to dance. If you’re going to want to be able to recognize certain kind of prints from Monet versus Manet or somebody else in painting, then probably the best thing to do is look at a lot of paintings. Visual would make sense there. Semantic learning, if you want to remember something, you’re probably going to want to read it or hear about it, and so you want to practice it in the way you’re going to retrieve it. The reason people love this concept of learning styles is people love to take quizzes that put them into boxes. I don’t get this, but people take quizzes all the time. Here’s 10 ways to determine what kind of a spouse you are, or five things you can do to figure out what kind of parent you are. We love to do those. And the problem is that learning styles comes along and people think that’s how I learn. And based on what you said at the beginning, Rebecca, when a student says, “You don’t use many images and I’m a visual learner, therefore I can’t learn from you,” they won’t learn from you. But they won’t learn from you because they’re a visual learner, they won’t learn from you because in their head they’re thinking, I can’t learn from you. And when your brain is processing, “I can’t learn this. I can’t learn this. I can’t learn this.” there is so much cognitive load dealing with the fact you can’t learn it there’s no room for learning. So if you think of yourself as a visual learner, I would say, just think about it in terms of you like to use visual things to help you to learn, but there’s a lot of other ways that you can learn as well.

John: Going back to an earlier location in your book, one of the things you talk about as a suggestion for students is that they avoid dichotomous thinking, and you also add in a discussion in the essentials book of generative AI. So this is kind of a mashup of those two concepts. But will the use of generative AI be helpful or harmful for student learning?

Todd: Yes, [LAUGHTER] yeah, the dichotomous thinking, I will say, just to address that very quickly, is that whole concept is that it’s the weakest kind of thinking. It’s basically you put somebody in a box and you don’t have to deal with them anymore, because this is them. That person’s a very aggressive individual. Everything gets interpreted as aggressive because that’s who they are. We don’t stop and think about on a given day, maybe a lot of bad things have happened; on a different day, maybe good things happen. So maybe they tend to be more aggressive, but they’re not just yes/no, you are/you’re not. So AI… people have asked multiple times, is this terrible or is this good? I tell you, everything has nuances. So the bad side, I do think AI is going to be really tricky for us, because humans, in fact, all organisms, will take the easiest route we can. In many respects, we should. If we are going to work and it’s five miles away and there’s a car in the driveway, taking the car makes a lot of sense. So I should take the easy way. However, there’s going to be times when I’m going to want to be physiologically in good shape. I might need to run. I might want to walk up a flight of stairs. I might just want to live for a while, in which case I should work on helping my heart to be better. And the human body is fantastic, and the more you push something, the more it will develop. And so I love to ask students, for instance, I’ll say, “Anybody in here run or jog?” And a whole bunch of hands will go up, and I’ll say, “Why? You got cars. You should just take a car.” And somebody will say, “Well, yeah, but I want to be healthier.” I’ll say, “Perfect. Let’s talk AI for a minute.” For AI, if we let the AI do all the things for us, then we don’t develop those things. And so if I’m taking a poetry class and I just keep having AI write the poems, write the poems, write the poems. It can do it. I can edit them, but I’m not going to learn how to write and how to express myself. And so the issue we’re going to have is, if we don’t learn how to do those things, especially at the beginning level, kind of the cognitive load thing, we’re not going to be able to do them when it’s more complicated. So I think we have to be very careful of that. And for faculty, I think we have to be very careful about focusing on things like academic misconduct. Yes, there are students who will use AI to cheat, but students didn’t start cheating because AI came along. Based on the culture in your classroom, the rapport you have with your students will make a huge difference in the extent to which students will engage in academically honest behaviors. So anyway, those types of things, we’ll watch out for. The good side, there are so many things that this is going to be able to use for good. For instance, we know from study after study after study that the more you practice at something, the better you become. And we have said, I have said for years too, the best way to learn anything is to teach it to somebody else, if you don’t have a family member or a roommate, that you can teach it to, then teach it to a dog, teach it to a sofa, just teach it. And the concept there is, the more you explain something, the better you get at it. AI is beautiful for this, because it can work with you. Actually, I tried something recently I thought was so much fun. I told AI, and the scenario in my head was, I’m a student in a psychology class, and I just learned the routes of persuasion by Cialdini, and now I have to remember how this persuasion all works. Well, one of the best ways to do that is to practice with it. And so I fired up ChatGPT and the prompt I gave it was, “Hey, how about if we do a role play? I’m going to be a car salesman, and you’re going to be in the market to buy a car. You do have enough money, you could buy today, but you want to be a little cautious, because you want to get input from your family, and you want to make sure you get a good value and get the kind of car you want. So overall, if I really can sell you, you’ll buy, but otherwise you’re going to wait. What do you think?” And then ChatGPT typed out, “This sounds like fun. Can you show me some vans?” And so then I said, “This is a van,” and I started to sell it. Now, the reason I’m mentioning this is that I could use all my different persuasion techniques that I learned, and ChatGPT kept asking me questions back. So I’d say this van has something about scarcity. Here’s a good one for scarcity. It’s one of the principles to persuade people. I said, “Whis is the last van on the lot. And so ChatGPT said, “Oh, that’s unfortunate, because I’m really interested in the van. Is there a possibility of getting another one if this one sells before I actually sign the paper?” And now what ChatGPT has just done is to see if they could reduce that concept of basically a quantity issue of scarcity. If this is the only van, a human would basically say, “Oh no, it’s the only van. I better get it before somebody else does,” so with ChaGPT, it says, “Can you get another one from a different lot?” And if I said, “Yep”, then the scarcity goes down a little bit. So then I have to think, “Oh, how can I bring scarcity back in a different way? It’s on sale, but the sale is going to end at the end of this week, so we’re going to have to make a decision fast… that scarcity in a sense of we don’t have much time. And so the point is that I role played with ChatGPT for about 20 minutes on these principles of persuasion. We’ll be able to do that. We’ll be able to do simulations. We’ll be able to do repetition. I can say to ChatGPT, and I’ve done this one. “Give me 10 multiple choice questions about metacognition for a student in a second-year college course, and the course is on the basics of cognition.” The better prompts you lay out there, the better it will do. It asked me multiple choice questions. And the last one I’ll mention for this, because there’s so many different ways you could do it, I actually gave it a definition of metacognition. I wrote out kind of what it is, and then I just put it in ChatGPT, and I said, if I answered a question of “What is metacognition?” with this response, and I was a senior in a cognitive psych course, because it’s different from being a first-year student, but it’s going to give you feedback: “If I’m a senior in a cognitive psych course, what grade would I get?” And I purposely made it bad, and it said you would get an “F” on this. And then I said, “Why?” And it explained a couple reasons why. And then I rewrote it, one of the best responses I could possibly dream up. And then ChatGPT said, “this is a good solid A minus.” And I said, “Why is this an A minus?” And it pointed out that I hadn’t done very much on the reflective component. And I thought, “hmm, alright, I did miss that piece.” And so when I can practice quiz questions like that, I can have it ask me multiple choice questions. And much like Khan Academy, when Sal Khan came up with Khan Academy, he said, one of the things that students love about this is you can go and watch the same video four or five times, and it doesn’t get frustrated with you. ChatGPT, you can struggle with learning a concept, it’s never going to get frustrated with you because you’re struggling. Whereas a human might say, in their head, it’s like, “Oh my word. You should have gotten this by now.” So I know that was a very long answer. It’s a huge, huge issue in education right now, but we can’t be focused on the academic misconduct side of it. We really need to be focusing on how can we use it to instill deeper learning?

Rebecca: That’s a nice transition to one of the other topics that you have in your book, which is maybe something that faculty might be interested in knowing is in your book, [LAUGHTER] which is that you advise students to spend two hours outside of class for every hour they spent in class, which is definitely an expectation, I think, that many faculty have, but it’s not always conveyed to students. I know I mention it to students, [LAUGHTER] but can you talk a little bit about that?

Todd: Yeah, so I put it in there, and it was funny because it was a section I put in the book, and one of the reviewers looked at it and said, “Why did you put this in here? And then it was funny because the editor was reading the book and said, “I love the fact that you put the breakdown in there about how much you should study and how much time you should commit, because people don’t normally know this stuff.” And so I put it in there because I think people struggle with this, and for students to understand, if it’s a course that requires extra work and things, if it’s a three-credit hour course, you’re expected to do two hours outside for every hour inside. This is the way the system was built up. So a three-credit hour class is going to take you about nine hours a week. The three hours in class, then the two-to-one ratio will give you six hours outside of class. This is why, if you take 12 to 13 credit hours, or 13 to 14 credit hours, it’s considered full time, because 13 credit hours would put you up around 39 hours total, when you put all the hours together, and that’s a full-time deal. And by the way, just so I don’t forget this, or I put it off to the side, if it’s an activity course, something you wouldn’t do anything outside, that’s why a one-credit hour class might meet for three hours, like a jogging class or something, racquetball class, because there’s not outside work. The two-to-one ratio kind of thing, all of that’s done in class. So that kind of gives you a sense of how much you should be studying. Here’s the tricky spot, nobody does it. I shouldn’t say nobody, very few people do it. The reason is that a lot of students can get by with studying less than two hours outside for every hour inside class. And when students will say they don’t need to, or faculty will say they don’t do it, and people focus on the fact that, “Well, you know, students don’t really have to spend that much time.” I love to respond with, oh, so they all are getting 100% on their quizzes and tests and perfect papers, right? And to that, we say, “Well, not really.” System’s set up that you expect a lot of B’s and C’s and D’s. Well, what if you spent two hours outside for every hour inside? It would be a very different thing. But the problem again, is, “Whew, if students are not spending the two hours outside for every hour inside, and then you are, then it seemed like you’re taking more time, and you feel like, why am I spending all this time when they’re not?” And so we look to other people, and unfortunately, we don’t do that. But I can tell you, for students, if you do actually sit down and study for two hours outside of class, for every hour inside class, and do it before the class period. When you walk in, you already know material there. You understand the foundation of it. And if the instructor is doing a good job, they’re pushing you and showing you connections and everything, you can process that because you have the material. If you walk into class after skimming a Chapter, you don’t have the foundational material to make the classroom more effective for a learning situation.

John: I was really happy to see that advice there, because I tell students the same thing, and they always seem really, really surprised. Or in an online class if you tell them they should expect to spend nine hours there, there’s often an even larger surprise, because they think it’ll take as much time as what they spend in high school, which is often zero outside of class and with an online class, zero doesn’t work very well, especially. So I’m glad you included that. But one of the other things you include in your book in terms of advice to students is you talk about various fallacies, and one of those is a sunk cost fallacy, which is something that we talk about quite a bit in economics, especially behavioral economists. So could you talk a little bit about this fallacy and how it might affect students?

Todd: Yeah, sunk cost is something that I always covered in psychology, because I love the concept, psychological concept. It’s really important a sunk cost basically just simply means, how much energy or resources have you put into a course of action. That’s basically it. How much have you sunk into this thing? The problem is for humans, is we overestimate the value of that. If you’ve worked on a paper for six hours and it turns out you’re heading in the wrong direction, best thing you can do is pitch the paper and just start over. But people say, “Well, wait a minute, I’ve put six hours in on this. I must be able to salvage something of it.” And I watched a woman on television years ago, and I think it was Ukrainian eggs. It was when they hollow out the eggs, you get the insides out, and you cut half of it away, so you’re dealing with, like a little half of a shell. And they do these beautiful, intricate things inside the shell. And she pointed out, she said, “If you ever drop one of those, the best thing you can do is stomp on it,” because if you drop it and it cracks, you try to fix it, and you spend so much time trying to fix it, because the sunk cost is, “I’ve already put hours into this,” then you waste a lot of time trying to fix it, your better bet is just to throw it away and start over.” And that’s why she said stomp on it, so you’re not tempted to do that. So in your work, we’ll do this all the time. We try things, and we get all this investment… we might be in a class that’s just we’re flunking the class, and this is always hard, and you always want to always talk to an advisor if any students are listening, or tell your students always talk to an advisor before you ever drop a class, because it can have ramifications, especially if it drops you down to part-time status. But if you are going to flunk class, the best thing you can do is just stop working in that class. Take the F if you’re past the drop period, and just focus your energy somewhere else. And students will often say, “but yeah, but I’ve already put so much time in this.” And when I was teaching intro psychology, this is a particular one is students would come in with like, 50% average and come into the final, and I’d say, it doesn’t matter, you’d need a 98% to get a passing grade. You’re going to get an F. And the students say, “Well, yeah, but I put so much energy this I’m going to try” and I’ll say “If you’ve averaged 50, you’re not going to score above an A plus. It’s just not going to work. Take your time and study for your other classes and then come back and take this class next semester.” So we do this a lot. We have people who will stay in relationships because they’ve been in relationships for a while. So it’s like, I’m gonna hang in there when, you know, maybe it’s the end of the relationship. We’ll have people that put so much money into a car they’re gonna keep driving it. It might come to a point you just need to get rid of the car. So sometimes we’ll chase a course of action because we put so much money into it. The one thing I do want to point out, though, that’s important, is that sometimes sunk cost is very helpful. So if we’re in a job, for instance, that we’ve been in for five years, and we run into a really rough spot, we might say, “Well, I’ve been working pretty hard. I’m working my way up in this. I’ve got a lot invested. I’m going to stick this out.” A relationship’s another good example. Relationships do have rough times. And if you have been dating someone or married to somebody for a period of time, then it’s like, “I’m going to get through this because I have so much invested.” So a sunk cost can help you if down the road, it’s a good thing to stay in, but you’d be tempted to leave. College is a good example. I mean, junior year, a lot of people would quit, but it’s like, “I’ve already got three years in, I’m going to finish.” But at other times, we’ve got so much in, and it’s time to cut it loose. And this is the part where I love to tell people, when I was an undergraduate, I was a criminal justice major at first, and then I switched over and double majored with psychology, and then I ended up with a psych major and a criminal justice minor and a sociology minor, and I am one class short of having a bachelor’s degree in criminal justice. And every time I tell that, there are people in the group that says “You should just take that class,” and I’d say, “Why?” And they say, “Well, because you’re one class short, you’ve got all that invested.” And to that, I get to say, “At my age, I’m getting close to retirement age. I’m never going to work as a police officer. I don’t even think those credits would count. But even so, what I did is I got to a point where I thought, is it worth it for me to spend a semester to finish this when I don’t believe it’s anything I will ever do. I worked with a police department for a short period of time. At the end, decided I just didn’t want to go that route. There’s no reason to finish that.” But even listening today, if I tell you, in an entire bachelor’s degree, I just need one more three-credit hour class, the inclinations to say, “Well, you should take it.” That’s a sunk cost.

Rebecca: As I’ve been listening to you talk today and thinking about the things in your book, and I was also thinking about a lot of the things that some of our faculty panelists said at our graduate orientation, I was very happy that a lot of those things aligned. That’s always good. And one of the things that came up actually at orientation was the recommendation from one of our panelists to really think about some wellness things like sleep and exercise. And that’s something that came up and eating well, which is something that is in your book. Can you talk a little bit about some of the benefits of having adequate sleep and engaging in exercise that you talk about in your book?

Todd: Yeah, it’s funny, because when I’m talking to students, especially, if there’s quite a bit of material, there’s invariably somebody will say: “So if there’s just one thing I should really work on, we’ve talked about the testing effect, practicing over and over and quizzing yourself. We’ve talked about things like interleaving, where you mix materials together, or spaced learning, where you space it out. And for memories, is to practice over and over types of things, and to say, “Which one should I really focus on?” I said “sleep.” The best thing you can do to be better at learning is to make sure you have a good chunk of sleep. Not only as a restful person, do you process information faster, but while you’re sleeping, you actually consolidate memories. You could study all day long, all through the night. Take a quiz, and you’ve all done this at some point, do okay on the quiz, because that’s right during the learning period, come back a week later, or final exam, for sure, and it’s like none of it’s there. Well, it’s because after you learned it, you never slept, which allows your brain to consolidate it. We actually now know that different stages of sleep will consolidate certain semantic like meaningful things. A different stage of sleep will solidify and consolidate repetition, like movement, so the kinesthetic things. So the physiology of what your brain does is really important. By the way. I was just reading something the other day too. I can’t cite it here, because I didn’t know I’d be talking about it, but it talked about the correlation between low levels of sleep and later cognitive decline, because while you sleep, the brain kind of flushes out all of the toxins, so to speak, and all the stuff it doesn’t need. It consolidates the stuff that’s important. It gets rid of the rest. And if you don’t sleep, a lot of that becomes muddled across time. And so sleep, physiologically, is just an amazing thing for you. And so that’s a really, really important thing. Exercise is another one. Regular aerobic exercise is just good for the learning process. I had a student that told me one time… it was funny, we were chatting about this… and said he does the best learning during basketball season when they’re exercising all the time. Coach makes them sleep an adequate amount, because it impacts your play, of course, and if it impacts your play. It probably impacts your learning too, right? So the concept there is that he said he always did better during basketball season because he was sleeping better and exercising better. Eating is the same thing. We know that simple sugars are not as good as complex carbohydrates. There’s actually ways that we can process this in terms of memory, and it doesn’t take very much liquid at all. If you get dehydrated, a little bit of dehydration, you have cognitive decline. In fact, it’s funny, because if you talk to somebody who is a health professional and you say, late in the day, “Man, I’m just confused and really having trouble processing things,” one of the first things that will ask you is, “How much did you drink today?” So it does have an impact on that. So, adequate hydration, not too much, but the right amount there, good nutrition, sleeping and exercise, those are four ways right there that you can actually impact your learning of material in classes… oh, and your health. I’d like to point out too that it’s one of those things that’s got the best side effect there is: it’s really good for learning and it’s also good for living.

Rebecca: One of the key tips that came up from our students and our faculty was to actually schedule some of those to make sure you’re doing those things.

Todd: Oh, totally. Yeah, eating too, I have to admit for myself, especially when it’s hot out. I didn’t understand this when I was younger, but I can eat breakfast and work outside in the yard, come in, drink a little bit, go back out, sit down and read a book and do some stuff, and realize at eight o’clock at night’s like, “Oh my word. I didn’t eat today,” and so I’m suddenly hungry, but then it’s late, so you’re eating at eight, nine o’clock, which is not ideal. But if you schedule it while you’re busy, and stick to it. If you’ve got it scheduled, you’re gonna eat at one o’clock or noon, and the bell rings summarize where you’re at, go eat, and then come back and then pick it up from there. Because if you think “I’ll just finish this section and then I’ll eat,” there’s been lots of study through the years that says that’s not as good as stopping, noting where you are and then coming back for most people.

John: And one of the things you talk about in your book is scheduling. And you also suggest there that you include a little bit of slack, because things don’t always take the amount of time that you anticipate. Could you talk just a little bit about that?

Todd: Yeah, I kind of laugh about this one, because, yeah, people are hideous at estimates. Almost everybody is. But I will tell you, folks with ADHD are particularly bad at it. And part of the issue you run into with ADHD is it’s not just that you’re distracted, is that you’re thinking to yourself, I will do this task, it will take like, 40 minutes, and then I’ll go do this other task. When I got tested for ADHD, after three questions, like, we’re good, we know exactly where we’re at. Anybody who knows me says you don’t need any kind of test. We’ve known that for years. I wish somebody had told me 10 years ago. But the reason I mentioned this is that I’m working really hard at some metacognitive kind of process of estimating how long it’s going to take me to do something. I set off the block of time. When the timer goes off, then I think about: “What did I do? What worked well? What didn’t work well?” That process takes seconds to do, by the way, it’s like, okay, “did it work or didn’t work?” And then if it does work, I think about what I did to kind of set that up. And if it doesn’t, I think about that. But I will tell you that I will often start out with a to do list of 10 items, and I’m sure that I’ll be done by noon, and so by 6pm I’ve gotten through three of them, and I still have seven to go. So I put those seven on my to do list for the next day, and then, because I am a super genius… I always use that phrase whenever I follow it with something that’s not super geniusy… but I’ll take those seven items and I’ll just put them on the to do list with another 10 items, and then I got 17 items that I’m going to do tomorrow, because that’s going to be easy to get through them. I’ll just do them really fast, and then I get through like five things. As you practice at that, you can actually practice at estimating how long things will take you, put it into a schedule. I did this was an intro psych class. It was one of the most impactful things I’ve done. Is the teacher had us keep track of one week in one-hour blocks. Like, if you sleep for eight hours, you block off and say, I slept. But then if you read, you put a block in for reading, and while you’re awake during the day, he had us doing metacognitive exercises too. You estimate how much do you think you’ll get done? How well did you do? And then you just put a grade in the block. So if it’s going to be I’m going to read the to read this chapter in this two hours, and I get through half of the chapter in the two hours. And I’ve done this other stuff, I get like, a D. And what I found was that I’m very effective in the morning, from about 6 am until about 10 am I can cram through… oh, it’s just so good. And then I find out that from about 2 to 4 pm I’m just awful. I have enough extrovertness in me that if I’m talking to somebody, it’s fine, but if I sit down to read something or work at something, it doesn’t work. So I schedule these things in. So I’m kind of coming back to the schedule, but I schedule these things in, but also try to make estimates of how long things will take. I will finish with this, tell your students, or ask your students, I guess, at the beginning of the semester to keep track of, as they read the first couple pages in every book, jot down, after five pages, how long did it take you, and figure out the average amount of time it takes you per page. Because students don’t understand this, and they’re not good at estimating their time. And I’ve had students before who are going to tell me, for the final exam, they’re going to reread all the chapters. And I say, how long is that going to take you? And they’ll say, “I don’t know.” And I’ll say, “The exam’s tomorrow. What do you think it’s going to be?” And students will tell me that they thought they could read a chapter in an hour, or the whole book in like six hours. And then they find out that their average is eight minutes a page, and say, “Alright, well, at eight minutes a page, you’re not going to read a chapter of 35 to 40 pages in an hour.” But the point is, it may be that you have a novel in English class that you average one minute a page. You might have a physics book where you average 20 minutes per page, and you might have a philosophy book where you average five minutes a page. If you know that, you can make some estimates. And so talk to your students about making those estimates. But rolling that all together, kind of figuring out estimates on how long things are going to take, and keep working at it, and then using metacognitive strategies to think about when it’s going well and not going well. And I’m still working at how to do this.

John: And that issue of cascading to do lists, one of the things I found is that there’s a lot of to do apps that you can put on your smartphone, and when the list gets too long, just start another one.

Rebecca: That’s what I do. [LAUGHTER]

Todd: Well, there’s a great strategy that I really do like. You list the really important things as A’s and then B’s and then C’s. And the one strategy I read one time was great. It says, Put all your things on the list, put down your A’s, your B’s, and your C’s, and then delete all your C’s. [LAUGHTER] And so it’s that same kind of a thing as at the end of the day, they’re not going to get done, just pitch them. But yeah, we put too many things on the list. I’m trying right now. Actually, I’ve reframed it in my head, and I’m desperately trying to put down the amount of stuff that I think that I can get done by noon, and I still block off eight until 6pm but I put my to do list thinking this can get done at noon. If I get done at noon, you know what? I’m only gonna work a half a day. And when I’m better at it, I’ll probably put more items on the list. But for right now, yesterday, I still was working till 8 pm on my stuff that should have been done by noon. An another little tip I’ll give you… I’m getting better at some of these… I always make up my to do list now just before I go to bed, when I’m as tired as I can be during the day, because if you make a to do list in the morning when you’re feeling really full of energy, then you’re very optimistic. If you do it when you’re exhausted, it’s a little closer. [LAUGHTER]

John: I believe that behavioral economists refer to this phenomenon of underestimating the amount of time required for a task as the planning fallacy, and I believe that I’ve heard that the people who are most productive underestimate the amount of time required by more than other people tend to, otherwise they’d never undertake many of the tasks that they engage in. There was a Freakonomics episode on it that I just listened to recently.

Rebecca: In my design class, I have students keep time sheets for their projects and things, and that helps them become more aware of how long it takes them to do different parts of projects, so that if they were to take on freelance work or whatever, they have more of an idea of how long it actually takes them to do things, so that they could more adequately charge for work if they were to do that.

Todd: Rebecca, that’s a really, really important skill to teach them, because you could make up your mind you want to have a design company or a landscaping company, whatever it is, and if you’re hideous at estimating time, you’ll be out of business very quickly. When you explain to somebody, “Yeah, I’ll cut your loan on every week, and I’ll only charge you $20 because I think it’s going to take 10 minutes,” and then it turns out it takes two hours. You can’t stay in business like that. So I think that’s a great skill. See, we started out with the why don’t we teach these cognitive things early? This is one of those that you are doing, which is great. Teach them how to think about time.

Rebecca: Well, we could talk about really important things we could teach students all day long, but we do need to pay attention to our time, which we are not always good at doing. [LAUGHTER] So we always wrap up by asking: “what’s next?”

Todd: Probably just the last items on my to do list is next, [LAUGHTER] but right after that, I’m working on a couple things. So one of them is a book on lecturing and active learning. The research does not say that the active learning is more effective than lecturing. The research is very clear that says, when you combine the two, lecturing with active learning, it’s more effective than lecturing alone. So I’m working on a book that’s balancing the two. And then the other one is, I’ve really become pretty passionate lately about people that are not built for the way the educational system’s built. I love to use the phrase that education is kind of built for fast-talking, risk-taking extroverts. I’ve got that in the book, and actually in a couple of the book. And the idea is in class when the teacher says, “Could somebody tell me…” there’s hands going up before you actually get to the end of this question even from some people, individuals who think really fast, who are okay if they’re wrong, they’re taking a shot at it, and they’re extroverted in that they like to really have the energy to be around people. If you’re not one of those individuals, you’re actually at a disadvantage all the way through the educational system whenever something’s run like that. And so the other thing I’m working on right now is, how do we help the individuals who are shy, who are on the autism spectrum, who maybe have depressive episodes, individuals with food insecurity, housing insecurity, all these types of individuals who walk into a classroom and when they do really well, it’s because they’re doing so much more work. I should be careful. I don’t want to discount the people who are working hard in the classroom, but there’s individuals who are working way harder than other individuals, and there’s got to be a way to balance that a little bit. That’s what I’m working on now too.

Rebecca: Sound like really important, interesting projects.

John: And will those both be ready this year, or [LAUGHTER] will it take a little bit longer for those?

Todd: Probably Tuesday, I think… maybe Thursday. It’s interesting. I will say that I really love writing. It’s obvious, I’ve got several books out now. But I work with an editor. I have my own editor that I’ve hired now, and the reason I did that is because I’m not an editor. And what I used to do on books is I would write something and I would spend more time trying to edit it and get it to sound right than I was actually writing. And so the reason that I’m kind of cranking books out right now is I write it, I send it off to my editor, my editor reads it, comes back to me and says,” I like what you did here, but you might want to change that.” And then I just zip into the next thing. So it takes me about four months to write a book now. And so I would suspect that we will see one of those heading off… well, it won’t be too long.

Rebecca: Must be there on the early part of that list, that stuff before noon.

Todd: When I mentioned that keeping track of the day, it’s a really, really important thing. It’s because, yup, that’s exactly what it is. My writing time tends to be between 7am and 10am and then all my committee meetings are in the afternoons.

Rebecca: Prioritize.

Todd: Yeah, it’s like recording this show. Huh, look at this, 3:46 pm… Ha! Right, between two and four.

Rebecca: I did notice that. I was making that note,

Todd: Uh huh, I knew you were. Boy, we should do this sometime at 10 am You wouldn’t believe how fired up I am the.

Rebecca: Alright, but that’s when I prioritize my writing and doing stuff too.

John: We always enjoy talking to you, and we’re very much looking forward to talking to you about those next books as those approach,

Todd: I always love coming to this program. I get to sip my tea, which is always good, and chat with two of my favorite pod people.

Rebecca: Thanks for joining us, Todd.

Todd: Thanks for inviting me.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on iTunes or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

[MUSIC].

346. Classroom Assessment Techniques

Classroom assessment techniques can be used to shape instruction to the needs of our students. In this episode, Thomas A. Angelo joins us to discuss the origin of these techniques and evidence concerning their efficacy.

Tom is Clinical Professor Emeritus and Director Emeritus at the UNC Eshelman School of Pharmacy at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. In addition to teaching for 40 years, he has been long involved in professional development and has served as faculty member and Director of teaching, learning and assessment centers at UNC, LaTrobe University in Melbourne, Australia, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand, the University of Akron, and Boston College. Tom is best known for his work with K. Patricia Cross on Classroom Assessment Techniques: A Handbook for College Teachers, which was first published in 1988, with a second edition in 1993.

Show Notes

  • Cross, K. P., & Angelo, T. A. (1988). Classroom Assessment Techniques. A Handbook for Faculty. Jossey Bass Wiley.
  • Angelo, T. A., & Cross, K. P. (1993). 2nd. Ed. Classroom assessment techniques. Jossey Bass Wiley.
  • Angelo, T.A. and Zakrajsek, T. (2024). 3rd. Ed. Classroom Assessment Techniques: Formative Feedback Tools for College and University Teachers. Jossey Bass Wiley.
  • Schwartz, Charles (1991). “An Academic Adventure.” March 4. – A description of the origin of the minute paper by it’s originator.
  • Chizmar, J. F., & Ostrosky, A. L. (1998). The One-Minute Paper: Some Empirical Findings. Journal of Economic Education, 29(1), 3–10. (the article that John referenced as his first reference to this topic)
  • Mazur, E. (1997). Peer instruction: A user’s manual. Pearson
  • Mazur, E. (2014). “Confessions of a Converted Lecturer” – a recording of a presentation by Eric Mazur at SUNY Oswego, 5/19/14
  • Fink, L. D. (2013). Creating significant learning experiences: An integrated approach to designing college courses. John Wiley & Sons.
  • Pam Hook and Josie Roberts (2018). “The who, what, when, where, and why of SOLO taxonomy.”
  • Angelo, T.A. (1993). “A Teacher’s Dozen—Fourteen General Research-Based Principles for Improving Higher Learning.”
  • Pre-order for 3rd edition of Classroom Assessment Techniques: Formative Feedback Tools for College and University Teachers.

Transcript

John: Classroom assessment techniques can be used to shape instruction to the needs of our students. In this episode, we discuss the origin of these techniques and evidence concerning their efficacy.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

Rebecca: Our guest today is Thomas A. Angelo. Tom is Clinical Professor Emeritus and Director Emeritus at the UNC Eshelman School of Pharmacy at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. In addition to teaching for 40 years, he has been long involved in professional development and has served as faculty member and Director of teaching, learning and assessment centers at UNC, LaTrobe University in Melbourne, Australia, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand, the University of Akron, and Boston College. Tom is best known for his work with K. Patricia Cross on Classroom Assessment Techniques: A Handbook for College Teachers, which was first published in 1988, with a second edition in 1993. Even if you’ve never heard of these books, you may have included some Classroom Assessment Techniques in your teaching toolkit. Welcome, Tom.

Tom: Good to be here.

John: We’re very happy to talk to you. Today’s teas are:… Tom, are you drinking tea by any chance?

Tom: No, I was drinking black coffee.

Rebecca: It’s one of our most popular forms of tea [LAUGHTER] as regular listeners know. Today have some English tea time, John. How about yourself?

John: …and I have an Earl Grey tea today.

Tom: Excellent.

Rebecca: We’ve invited you here today, Tom, to discuss the third edition of Classroom Assessment Techniques, to be published shortly. These techniques described in earlier editions of this book have been widely adopted by faculty in all disciplines at all different types of institutions. And a lot has changed in higher education since 1993. But this book is still the go to reference on classroom assessment techniques, which is pretty impressive [LAUGHTER] for a book that was published 30 years ago. Can you talk a little bit about the origin of this book?

Tom: Well, I think the origin of the book goes back to the fact that when I was a young teacher, I recognized pretty early that many of the things that I was doing didn’t work and didn’t work for my students, and that I had to accept that things that had worked very well for me as a student weren’t working for many of them. So I began to experiment with asking questions in a variety of different ways and getting students to jot down answers anonymously. And through that, I really learned more about teaching and learning, I think, than from anything else that I did. And one of the things that I learned was not to assume. So, classroom assessment techniques are things that I’m sure almost every teacher has done. But what we did in the 1980s. K. Patricia Cross and I, was to really formalize those. And we did that in order to create a resource for teachers so that they could find simple tools that would help them ask students the kinds of questions that would help students learn better, and teachers teach better, as they went along. So it really began at that time, and it was kind of an accidental start, in many ways. We were doing it as part of a big project, and what was then the assessment movement, and it just kind of took off.

John: Most of our listeners are probably quite familiar with classroom assessment techniques and have seen them at lots of workshops and have probably, as Rebecca noted before, used them in the past. Could you define what a classroom assessment technique is, for those listeners who are new to the concept?

Tom: Well, in a formal way, a classroom assessment technique is a formative assessment technique. It’s a way of gathering data to use to improve and inform practice, rather than to make judgments. So we have too, most of us, to give students tests and exams and assign papers, and grade their work, evaluate their work, for grades and marks. Formative assessment techniques, on the other hand, are tools that we use to gather data along the way, before those moments in which we grade them, or mark them, so that we can help students get ready and improve and succeed when they’re going to be graded and marked and so that we can, at the same time, find out where they are and how they’re doing in order to help them improve along the way. So they’re really ways of diagnosing, in a way, students’ learning.

Rebecca: One of the most popular classroom assessment techniques described in your book is the one minute paper. There have been many studies of the effectiveness of this technique and it’s been widely adopted in many disciplines. Why was this technique, in particular, been used so extensively?

Tom: Because it’s simple and easy to use, probably, and it takes almost no time. But seriously, the one minute paper, the minute paper was invented, to the extent these things are invented by Charles Schwartz, in the 1970s, at UC Berkeley, and he used it as both a way to take attendance (in his case, he was asking students to jot their names down), but more importantly, to find out whether students were learning from his physics lectures, in his huge physics classes, what he hoped they were learning. And that idea spread through UC Berkeley really fast. And so soon, there were dozens and hundreds of people using these two questions. And the two questions, famously, were: what are the two or three most important things you learned from today’s lecture, in his case, and what questions do you still have the end of the lecture? So students would jot these down on those strips of paper, remember, there was no internet and no computers, really, in classrooms in the 1970s. And then he would collect them, and read through a sample of the 1000 or so that he had every lecture. And from that sample, he would gather ideas about what students understood and didn’t from the lecture, and also what questions were most common. And then he would begin his next class meeting, by going over some of those points that students had had trouble with, or not understood, or missed them completely. Sometimes it happened that a 1000 students didn’t get one point that he thought was critical, and also answering one or two of the most important questions. And what he found was, he could do all of that in five minutes at the end of class, and about five minutes at the beginning of class. And I think it’s that efficiency that has made it so popular.

John: My first exposure to this was a study that was published in the Journal of Economic Education way back around the time of your last edition. I did try to find it, but I couldn’t find the citation for it, but what struck me was that the instructor had used it in one section of the course, had not used it in another section, and found that there was a very substantial difference in learning outcomes between the two groups, which he attributed to the one minute paper. And it’s been incredibly commonly used. But one of the things that really struck me is that at the time when you came out with this book, including the one-minute paper, and so many other classroom assessment techniques, most instruction at the time was the chalk and talk type where people were at a blackboard, maybe a whiteboard, if they were a little bit more advanced in the technology, where most assessment was done with high-stakes assessments. So I think your book was a fairly important factor in helping people shift to more formative assessments. Why have these techniques become so widely adopted?

Tom: Well, I think that one of the reasons why people have found classroom assessment techniques and other formative assessment techniques, there are other kinds, so useful and so important, I think there are several reasons. One is that the student body in the United States and across the world has become ever more diverse in the last 30 or 40 years. And it turns out that no matter who we are, as teachers, most of our students are going to be pretty different in terms of their experiences and their interests and their skills than we are. And that level of difference has probably grown over the years, at least our awareness of it has grown. So I think most teachers now realize that it’s very important to check in on students and see how they’re doing, before we get to the midterm or before [LAUGHTER] we get to the end of the course, and to check in regularly and not to assume that students are understanding our brilliantly clear presentations or the material that we give them, or the readings, or the problem sets, and to really check early on to see if it’s making sense to them, and what kind of sense it’s making to them. So I think that there’s much more realization of the diversity of human learning, and of our students, than there was 40 years ago or 30 years ago. And I also think that as teaching has evolved, especially as it’s become online, people have recognized that we need data. We can’t just depend on students volunteering that data, they often don’t know that they don’t understand. And that that data, used well, can help us and can help them.

Rebecca: I think one of the things that you’re talking about in terms of assumptions is reminding me of some of the conversations that we had early on in the pandemic, where instructors we’re talking about not being able to see the sea of faces to know whether or not students are learning because maybe students aren’t nodding along or providing some visual feedback, but classroom assessment techniques are really important because they allow opportunities to gather that data, which is probably far more informative than the head nodding.

Tom: I think there are maybe a couple of other things that are important about this that people discover. One is that by stopping to ask students to reflect on their learning and respond, you give them time to think. And you prompt them to think about their learning. And from my point of view, forever, the most important thing about doing this has really been to give students tools to become more aware, we could say more metacognitively aware, of their own learning, and to better take responsibility and control or at least direction over their own learning. So what I found is I’ve had many, many, many very bright students who had never been taught any kinds of techniques to think, or to ask themselves questions, or to monitor their own attention, and having those sorts of tools, those sort of metacognitive tools, I think empowers students to make decisions about their own learning, and also to improve their own learning in those areas where it matters most to them, which may not be my course.

John: One of the things you mentioned was that the one minute paper was originally developed in a class with 1000 or so students. And one of the nice things about many of these techniques is that they can scale that way. Now, there was a time when the book came out when this was all done on paper. But now we have so many electronic tools that we can use to do this. Instructors could put up a QR code with a link to a Google form or something where students can give their feedback within a minute or so or we could use polling techniques, and so forth. And many polling systems have built in one-minute questions or some other classroom assessment technique as a default strategy. So this impact has been pretty substantial. And it’s really nice for instructors, not just for students, having that time for reflection, but also for instructors to get some feedback on what students have learned. Because if you just call on students, you may happen to get the only student who understands the material responding to a question or you might get the only student who hasn’t understood the material. But with these formative assessments, you can get a good feel for where students are. And they also get some feel for where they are in a way that they might not if they would just passively sitting there listening to a lecture. So these techniques have, I think, become increasingly more common from the time of introduction. So these techniques have held up pretty well. But you now have a new edition of this book, a third edition of this book. Could you describe some of the changes in the new addition?

Tom: Well, obviously, and you’ve touched on this, technology has changed. And that’s had an impact on teaching, and an impact on learning. So one of the things that I did, in going back to do this book after so many years, was to take a look at first what was out there, what had people published on this. And there are literally about 3000 published articles of various kinds and various quality, about classroom assessment techniques. There were about 300 that I thought were of sufficient kind of quality and rigor to be able to use. And in the chapter on the minute paper, I refer to 150 articles and studied them very carefully. There are many, many books that refer to the classroom assessment techniques. And I also read [LAUGHTER] all of those references. So I took a few years to work through this material and new things were coming in all the time. So one thing that differs is that we have an evidence base across many, many disciplines for what seems to work and what seems to work well. And also much useful information on how to use these with various technologies. So how best to use formative assessment with online, fully online technologies on totally asynchronous classes. And so that’s been really valuable. And those are experiences that I couldn’t have all of those experiences. So it’s terrific to draw in those from other teachers. The other thing is people have invented new techniques or developed new techniques over time. And so in the third edition 25%, or about 15 of the 55 techniques, are ones that didn’t exist in the second edition. And that’s about one quarter of all the techniques in the new book. So one of the reasons why we have different techniques in the 3rd edition is that some of the ones in the second edition weren’t much written about, weren’t much commented on, and they seem not to be much used as far as I could tell. So I’ve picked up the ones that were most used and most written about, and most referenced so that people in different disciplines can find those techniques. And I’ve also found another 15 techniques to kind of fill those gaps and extend it a bit.

Rebecca: Your book offers many, many assessment techniques. I’m curious what your favorite few are that you’d like to introduce instructors to?

Tom: Well, just like I can’t say which of my daughters are my favorite, I do have favorites. I’ll be honest. I have always used the minute paper ever since I learned about it all those years ago, and I learned about it really when I was at Berkeley, in the mid 1980s. And I learned about it, as everybody else there did, kind of by chance, and thought, “Wow, why didn’t I do this? Why didn’t I think of this?” So the minute paper, the muddiest point, which is a variant of the minute paper, which is developed by a really famous and eminent statistician at Harvard, named Frederick Mosteller. And Fred Mosteller heard Pat Cross talk about this, when we were both at Harvard, and being the kind of person that he was he immediately experimented with it. What he found was that it was more useful for him, in his courses, to just ask one question, and that question for him was “What was the muddiest point In today’s class? What was least clear to you?” Many other people have used that as well and written about that. That’s another favorite. A third one is one that I’ve used a lot, being a statistics teacher. And that’s predict, observe, explain, which is often called POE. And that’s one that I’ve found useful in many situations. And I’ve had colleagues who’ve used that even in literature courses, and other courses where they’ll say to students, “let’s stop at this point in the book or the film, and predict what’s going to happen next, write that down, then we’ll observe it, and then we’ll try to explain why that either met our predictions or didn’t meet our prediction.” And while it’s obvious how people do that in science, and it’s part of the scientific method, it can be used in all kinds of circumstances. And it’s one that I’ve used with teachers who I’ve worked with, about classroom assessment and about formative assessment. I’ve asked them to predict what they thought would happen, then observe it, and explain what did happen and whether or not that met their expectations. And that’s been a very useful tool for me, I think, and the teachers I’ve worked with. So those are three good ones. I’ll give you one more, if that’s helpful. And that’s something that we call the directed paraphrase. So three of those four were in the first and second versions of the book, predict, observe, explain is in the third edition, but directed paraphrase simply asks the questions that are sometimes called journalistic questions, who, what, when, where, why, who did what to whom, when, where, why, and how? And it asks students to answer those questions about some phenomenon that they’re observing, or to answer them about an essay that they want to write, answer them about any kind of question. So giving students a framework of questions that they can work through, to make sure that they really understood either a book that they’ve been reading or an experiment that they’ve been doing, has been really valuable to my students. And I’ve said to them, “Look, this is something that you can adapt and take with you anywhere to use to make sure that you understand what’s going on fully. And to find out which part of it maybe you really can’t answer, and need to do some more work on.

John: In terms of the predict, observe ,and explain thing. I took a MOOC that was put together by Dan Ariely on behavioral economics. And one of the things he talked about was how he would often present the results of an experiment where the results were not what most people would have expected. But then he’d asked people for their reactions only after he summarized the results of the experiment. And they all nodded and said, “Well, that’s exactly what they would have thought would have happened.” So he started revising his presentations, where he asked people to make a prediction, and then revealed the result. And it got people much more engaged. And the same type of thing is done by Eric Mazur with his polling technique, where he asked people to answer a question where the question is not obvious and where there’s going to be some disputes. And then once they’ve committed to an answer, they work with other people and he goes through it again, with a little bit of peer instruction. But the level of engagement when students have made some type of a prediction of what they think the answer is, and then they have an explanation of what the answer is either given by the instructor or by other students, the level of engagement and interest just seems to go up fairly dramatically. So I can see how that would be particularly effective.

Tom: Yes, and I’ve learned a lot from the work of Eric Mazur, as have many others. And I think that that’s a critical thing. Because one of the things that we need to help students with, and help ourselves with, is managing our inbuilt biases and that issue of when you hear something new, feeling that you’ve always known it, even though you haven’t, is a cognitive bias that’s common, I think, to all human beings, myself included. So doing something like that: predict, observe, explain routine gives us a chance to really check and see if we know the answer. And then to find the answer, or discover an answer. And then to realize, because we have a document, we have a record, we have data about what we knew in the first instance, to recognize that we’ve learned something and what we’ve learned and that we might have been misinformed or unclear in the beginning. And I’ve suggested to my colleagues, one of the reasons that students don’t value their education as much as sometimes we think they should, or value our course as much as they think they should, is because when they get to the end, they may think “I always knew that, that was obvious, I knew those things.” And so we can help students realize that there’s a start point. And then there are many points along the road to learning, and that they may have learned more than they thought they did in a given course or given program. And I think that’s important for us in terms of demonstrating the value of education. And I think it’s important for students in terms of understanding and developing some humility about how it is that we learn and how hard it is and how long it takes to learn anything that’s really valuable.

Rebecca: I think, in my experience, students really appreciate the opportunity to slow down and reflect on their learning, because they’re often not given that opportunity. And when you’re doing that throughout an entire semester, they really do get excited about how much they’re learning and they get energized by that and seeing that they can achieve things over and over and over again.

Tom: I agree, and what we found with most of the studies of classroom assessment techniques, the simple ones is: first, classroom assessment techniques can’t really be separated from everything else that’s going on in teaching, they’re just one little part of the whole teaching and learning spectrum. They, at best, seem to make about a 5- 8% difference in how much students learn, which is about half a grade. And I think that’s important, but I don’t want to overstate it. So they’re not a panacea and they’re not a silver bullet, but they’re something that can lift up, to some degree, students’ performance and their learning. And the last thing I’ll say is nothing works for everybody. And so there is no technique or no series of techniques that every single teacher or every single student that I’ve worked with found valuable. And so one of the points of having 55 techniques is to hope that there’s one or two or five in there that people will actually find that work for them.

Rebecca: So you just reminded us about there’s 55 techniques, how do you imagine an instructor using your book? Is it a read from the beginning to the end? Do you have it organized in ways that instructors can easily dip in and out?

Tom: I can’t imagine reading it from the beginning to the end, and I don’t think anyone ever has. That would surprise me, except maybe the proofreaders [LAUGHTER] and they weren’t worrying about what it meant. So it’s organized so that there are many ways, there are actually eight ways to find a technique that might be useful for a given situation or a given teacher. One of those ways is the simplest and that’s alphabetical. So if someone has mentioned a technique to you, you can easily find it that way. The others are a bit more complicated, but I think the most valuable for many people is an index of all the techniques that have been used by discipline and documented by discipline, and the examples by discipline in the book. And there are a couple of 100 examples in the book of how people use these in different disciplines, kind of from A to Z, from anthropology to zoology, and everything in between. So those are ways that many people use. There are also a couple of inventories in the book. One is something called the teaching goals inventory, which was in the first and second edition, and has been used in lots of ways by many people and written about and research has been done on the teaching goals inventory, and it is exactly what it sounds like, an inventory of what we think we’re trying to teach. For this book, I created what I think is kind of a more contemporary take on that, and that’s something that I call the course learning outcomes inventory, or CLOI, and it’s really flipping that and saying, okay, it’s important what we want to teach, but let’s look at it from the point of view of what do we want students to learn? And so the CLOI, the course learning outcomes inventory, the statements are statements of learning outcomes. There are 57, they’re divided up into kinds of learning outcomes, and people can use it as a self assessment. Those items both in the teaching goals inventory and the CLOI are all linked to classroom assessment techniques in an index. So if you pick number 47 goal or number 47 outcome, you can find techniques that are linked to that. Lastly, we’ve done indexing by Bloom’s Taxonomy, and by Fink’s taxonomy of significant learning outcomes, and also by the big solo taxonomy, which is one that’s much used in the Commonwealth world, in the British and Canadian and Australian and New Zealand systems. So there are eight ways to skin a CAT in this book, or to find a cat at least. And I hope those will be useful to folks. And I think different kinds of indexing work for different kinds of people.

John: You mentioned that when this book first came out these things were done on paper. But one of the things that’s grown quite a bit over the years, as you’ve mentioned, is online instruction. Could you tell us a little bit about how some of the techniques can be used in an asynchronous environment?

Tom: Well, I think there are huge advantages to the technology that we have now compared to having to do all this on paper, having to read all those papers after class, or all those index cards, in my case, after class and then waited until the next class, when I saw students again, the time lag was a real problem. So being able to respond almost immediately, or in relatively short time to students in asynchronous courses, to their questions, and to their confusions, and to also let them know that they’re learning some things really well… they really got that… and that they’ve come up with some ideas that I never would have thought of that are excellent. To do those things in real time, I think, is much more effective in terms of teaching and learning than waiting two or three days or a week. Also, as you mentioned, we have technologies for polling students and for analyzing their responses that are ever more sophisticated and powerful. And so those save teachers a lot of time and work. I was always going through things counting and deciding on the number of times people had mentioned things on paper. This can all be done and is all done for you if you want to do it. And that, again, allows teachers to focus on what really matters. And that is: what’s the meaning of this data? What are students telling me? …and to make decisions about when they’re going to respond and what they’re going to respond to, because you can’t respond to everything in data if you have more than two students. And most of us did, and do. So I think that asynchronous learning has huge advantages, it has some downsides, but it has huge advantages. And one of those probably is that it makes it more difficult to assume that by looking at students, you can tell that they’re learning or not, which I’ve always found an odd idea, but many of my colleagues at least used to seem to think that if students were nodding and looking at them, that they were just tracking with them and understood everything that they were saying. And I used to say to my colleagues, “I’ve known many smilers and nodders that probably were thinking of something else entirely, and classroom assessment proved that to me.

John: I’ve seen that so much. We’ve heard so many faculty during workshops over the years who say, “Well, I can tell whether they’re learning just by looking at the expressions on their faces.” And I’ve never found that. There are a lot of students who will be nodding and smiling. And then when you ask them a question, or they ask you a question, it’s really clear that they don’t have the basic idea. At an economics conference, I was presenting a paper and there was someone sitting in the first row taking furious notes while I was talking. So I went up to the person after and asked them what they were taking notes about, because I was curious. And they were actually preparing for a session later in the day. But they looked really engaged throughout the whole thing.

Tom: They were engaged, just not with your lecture. [LAUGHTER]

John: Yes.

Tom: So I think the converse is also true. And that is their students, and people, who don’t appear to be paying any attention at all, or who are frowning or who have had their head down, who are actually paying total attention and learning a lot. And that’s one of the things I learned as well, early in my career, was not to make assumptions based on those sort of superficial impressions. And it’s hard not to, but when you actually learn that some students who appear not to be engaged are engaged in their quiet way. And that’s a humbling lesson, or it was for me.

Rebecca: One of the things that I really like about your book, and also the way the collection of the CATS all in one place is the flexibility, the flexibility of navigate the book, the flexibility of options for the instructor, but also the flexibility of options for learners as well, in different contexts. So I just wanted to highlight that flexibility piece that we haven’t really talked about quite yet.

Tom: Well, that’s the hope. And if this is created as an ebook, and I expect it will be, then I think that will offer people even more flexibility and more sort of usability. It will be a more user friendly book. And again, there are huge advantages to the kinds of technologies that we have available now that we didn’t then. So I think the real key to this is one of the axioms in the book. And that is it’s really about adapting, not adopting. So there are many, many tools in there that people have adapted in a variety of ways, renamed, and that’s all fine. And that’s all exactly what should happen. You should find them, adapt them to their uses, and if they don’t like the names of the CATs, they can change the name.

John: Would this be a good subject for a faculty reading group where people from different disciplines could get together and talk about how either they’ve applied these things or how they might apply them in their classes?

Tom: Well, it has been from the beginning. And we began this whole process working with groups of teachers, initially in community colleges and state colleges, who were interested in assessing student learning. And, of course, the point being trying to improve student learning. And what we did basically was use the teaching goals inventory at that time, you could use the course learning outcomes inventory, with those teachers to get them to focus on what they really wanted to know. And in the book, I’ve written about, in one of the chapters, four different ways you can approach using classroom assessment techniques and figuring out which one to use. But everybody had ideas and theories and questions or problems that they wanted to try to solve. And so we started with that. And then we said, if that’s your question or problem or theory or outcome or goal, what might be a good tool to try to help you gather a reasonable amount, a manageable amount, of data from students that might help you learn, and might help them learn? And that’s really where we began, and those discussions and the collegiality that came from them, and the interactions that came from that, were always the most valuable part of that professional development. That when we ask people: “What did you take away from this?” The first thing that they said was not a bunch of techniques. The first thing that they said was the interactions with my colleagues, the relationships with my colleagues, learning from my colleagues, and then they talked about the actual content that they had learned and the things that they had done. So I think those interactions and those relationships that people can make, by having a group focused around this. This is an excuse to get together and talk about teaching and learning. I think from our experience, we found any excuse to get folks together to talk about teaching and learning, especially if it’s across disciplines, is always fruitful.

Tom: …particularly if there’s food. [LAUGHTER]

John: Yes. The third edition list you as author with Todd Zakrajsek, could you tell us how this collaboration came about and how it worked?

Tom: I think this was, in part, an insurance policy for the publishers. Given my advanced age, they wanted to make sure that they had someone involved in the project, who could take over if I just kicked the bucket. So, in the last six months of the book project, after I had finished writing the manuscript, Todd Zakrajsek joined with me and was really invaluable in finishing the process, in coming up with great ideas and suggesting great ideas, especially for the use of technology and AI with CATs, and in helping me manage the process with the publisher, which is much more complicated than it was 30 years ago. He also wrote the discussion questions for use by teachers and faculty developers, and I think those are going to be very helpful to folks.

John: We’re recording this in May, and the book is scheduled for release in June. We always end by asking, what’s next?

Tom: Well, I’ll answer that. But I’ll first say to teachers, what I always say, and that is, “Feel free to ask your librarian to order the book, so that you can use it, and your colleagues can use it.” Don’t tell Wiley and Jossey Bass that I said that, but I think that’s important. So what’s next for me is I’ve been working for a while with a group of people in, strangely enough, pharmacy education. I’m not a pharmacist, and I’m doing research with graduate students on what we call core concepts in developing what are the core concepts in pharmacotherapy? And that’s been very interesting for me. I’ve learned a lot from that. And so I’m ongoing with that. And we’re beginning to work on educational materials related to that. So that’s one of the things that I’m doing. And I’ve actually, I don’t want to commit to this too much, but I’m thinking about writing a book based on an article that I wrote that people have found useful, called “A Teacher’s Dozen.” And so I’ve updated that. I’ve been working on that actually for a few years, and something may come of that.

Rebecca: Well, we’ll be excited to find out what that is soon, maybe. But you haven’t committed, but maybe. [LAUGHTER]

John: Well, thank you. It’s been great talking to you. And my copy of the book is on preorder. And I am looking forward to receiving that.

Tom: So am I. [LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: Well, thank you so much for joining us. It was great to hear about the origin story of the book and how it’s evolved over time and I know a whole other generation of teachers will appreciate the new edition as well as teachers who have been practicing for a long time.

Tom: I hope it will be useful. Listen, it’s been a pleasure and a privilege to talk with you both. Thank you for giving me this opportunity

John: We should note that this is the first of two podcast episodes discussing this book. In next week’s podcast we’ll be joined by Todd Zakrajsek, who will be discussing his role in this work.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on iTunes or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

[MUSIC]

309. Preparing Students for an AI Future

New technology is often seen as a threat to learning when first introduced in an educational setting. In this episode, Michelle Miller joins us to examine the question of when to stick with tools and methods that are familiar and when to investigate the possibilities of the future.

Michelle is a Professor of Psychological Sciences and President’s Distinguished Teaching Fellow at Northern Arizona University.  She is the author of Minds Online: Teaching Effectively with Technology and Remembering and Forgetting in the Age of Technology: Teaching, Learning, and the Science of Memory in a Wired World. Michelle is also a frequent contributor of articles on teaching and learning in higher education to publications such as The Chronicle of Higher Education.

Show Notes

Transcript

John: New technology is often seen as a threat to learning when first introduced in an educational setting. In this episode, we examine the question of when to stick with tools and methods that are familiar and when to investigate the possibilities of the future.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

John: Our guest today is Michelle Miller. Michelle is a Professor of Psychological Sciences and President’s Distinguished Teaching Fellow at Northern Arizona University. She is the author of Minds Online: Teaching Effectively with Technology and Remembering and Forgetting in the Age of Technology: Teaching, Learning, and the Science of Memory in a Wired World. Michelle is also a frequent contributor of articles on teaching and learning in higher education to publications such as The Chronicle of Higher Education. Welcome back, Michelle.

Michelle: Hey, it’s great to be here.

Rebecca: Today’s teas are: ….Michelle, are you drinking tea?

Michelle: I’m actually still sticking with water. So it’s a healthy start so far for the day.

Rebecca: Sounds like a good plan.

John: I have ginger peach black tea today.

Rebecca: And I’ve got some Awake tea. We’re all starting the day [LAUGHTER].

John: So we’ve invited you here to discuss your August 17th Chronicle article on adapting to ChatGPT. You began that article by talking about your experience teaching a research methods course for the first time. Could you share that story? Because I think it’s a nice entree into this.

Michelle: Oh, thank you. I’m glad you agree. You never know when you’re sharing these kinds of personal experiences. But I will say this was triggered by my initial dawning awareness of the recent advances in AI tools, which we’re all talking about now. So initially, like probably a lot of people, I thought, well okay, it’s the latest thing and I don’t know how kind of attentive or concerned I should be about this. And as somebody who does write a lot about technology and education, I have a pretty high bar set for saying, “Oh wow, we actually kind of need to drop everything and look at this,” I’ve heard a lot of like, “Oh, this will change everything.” I know we all have. But as I started to get familiar with it, I thought “Oh my goodness, this really is a change” and it brought back that experience, which was from my very first assignment teaching the Research Methods in Psychology course at a, well, I’ll just say it was a small liberal arts institution, not my graduate institution. So I’m at this new place with this new group of students, very high expectations, and the research methods course… I think all disciplines have a course kind of like this, where we kind of go from, “Oh, we’re consuming and discussing research or scholarship in this area” to “Okay, how are we going to produce this and getting those skills.” So it is challenging, and one of the big challenges was and still is, in different forms, the statistical analysis. So you can’t really design a study and carry it out in psychological sciences without a working knowledge of what numbers are we going to be collecting, what kind of data (and it usually is quantitative data), and what’s our plan? What are we going to do with it once we have it, and getting all that statistical output for the first time and interpreting it, that is a big deal for psychology majors, it always is. So students are coming, probably pretty anxious, to this new class with a teacher they haven’t met before. This is my first time out as the instructor of record. And I prepared and prepared and prepared as we do. And one of the things that I worked on was, at the time, our methodology for analyzing quantitative data. We would use a statistics package and you had to feed it command line style input, it was basically like writing small programs to then hand over to the package. And you would have to define the data, you’d have to say, “Okay, here’s what’s in every column and every field of this file,” and there was a lot to it. And I was excited. Here’s all this knowledge I’m going to share with you. I had to work for years to figure out all my tricks of the trade for how to make these programs actually run. And so I’ve got my stack of overheads. I come in, and I have one of those flashbulb memories. I walked into the lab where we were going to be running the analysis portion, and I look over the students’ shoulders, and many of them have opened up and are starting to mess around with and play around with the newest version of this statistics package. And instead of these [LAUGHTER] screens with some commands, what am I looking at? I’m looking at spreadsheets [LAUGHTER]. So the data is going into these predefined boxes. There’s this big, pretty colorful interface with drop down menus… All the commands that I had to memorize [LAUGHTER], you can point and click, and I’m just looking at this and going, “Oh no, what do I do?” And part of my idea for this article was kind of going back and taking apart what that was like and where those reactions were coming from. And as I kind of put in a very condensed form in the article, I think it really was one part just purely sort of anxiety and maybe a little bit of loss and saying, “But I was going to share with you how to do these skills…” partly that “Oh no, what do I do now?” I’m a new instructor. I have to draft all this stuff, and then partly, yeah, curiosity and saying, “Well, wait a minute, is this really going to do the same thing as how I was generating these commands and I know you’re still going to need that critical thinking and the top level knowledge of “Okay, which menu item do you want?” Is this going to be more trouble than it’s worth? Are students going to be running all the wrong analyses because it’s just so easy to do, and it’s going to go away.” So all of that complex mix is, of course, not identical to, but I think pretty similar to how I felt… maybe how a lot of folks are feeling… about what is the role of this going to be in my teaching and in my field, and in scholarship in general going forward?

Rebecca: So in your article, you talk a lot about experimenting with AI tools to get started in thinking about how AI is related to your discipline. And we certainly have had lots of conversations with faculty about just getting in there and trying it out just to see how tools like ChatGPT work to become more familiar with how they might be integrated into their workflow. Can you share a little bit about how you’d recommend for faculty or how you were thinking about [LAUGHTER] jumping in and experimenting and just gettin g started in this space?

Michelle: Well, I think perhaps, it also can start with a little bit of that reflection and I think probably your listenership has a lot of very reflective faculty and instructors here. And I think that’s the great first step of “Alright now, if I’m feeling worried, or I’m feeling a very negative reaction, where’s that coming from and why?” But then, of course, yeah when you get it and actually start using it the way that I had to get it and start using my statistics package in a brand new way, then you do start to see, “Okay, well, what’s great, what’s concerning and not great, and what am I going to do with this in the future? So experimenting with the AI tools, and doing so from a really specific perspective. When I started experimenting at first, I think I thrashed around and kind of wasted some time and energy initially, looking at some things that were not really education focused. So something that’s aimed at people who are, say, social media managers, and how this will affect their lives is very different than me as a faculty member. So make sure you kind of narrow it down, and you’re a little planful about what you look at, what resources you’re going to tap into, and so on. And so that’s a good starting point. Now, here’s what I also noticed about my initial learning curve with this. So I decided to go with ChatGPT, myself, as the tool I wanted to get the most in depth with. So I did that and I noticed really that, of course, like with any sort of transfer of learning situation, and so many of those things we do with our students, I was falling back in a kind of an old pattern. So my first impulse was really funny, it was just to ask it questions, because I think now that we’ve had several decades of Google under our belts and other kinds of search engines, we get into these AI tools, and we treat them like search engines, which for many reasons, they really are not. Now, this is not bad, you can certainly get some interesting answers. But I think it’s good to really have at the front of your mind to kind of transition from simply asking questions to what these tools really shine with, which is following directions. I think one of the best little heuristics I’ve seen out there, just very general advice, is: role, goal, and instructions. So instead of coming in and saying “what is” or “find” or something like that, what perspective is it coming from? Is it acting as an expert? Is it acting as an editor? Is it going to role play the position of a college student? Tell it what you’re trying to accomplish, and then give it some instructions for what you want it to do. That’s a big kind of step that you can get to pretty quickly once you are experimenting. And that’s, I think, real important to do. So we have that. And of course, we also want to keep in mind that one of the big distinguishing factors as well is that these tools have memory, your session is going to unfold in a particular and unique way, depending not just on the prompts you give it, but what you’ve already asked it before. So, once you’ve got those two things, you can start experimenting with it. And I do think coming at it from very specific perspectives is important as I mentioned because there’s so little super general advice, or discipline-independent advice that I think is really going to be useful to you. And so doing that, I think a lot of us we start in a sort of a low-stakes, tentative way with other interests we might have. So for example, one of the first things that I did to test it out myself was I had it work out a kind of a tedious little problem in knitting. So I had a knitting pattern, and there’s just a particular little counting algorithm where to put increases in your pattern that always trips us up. And I was about to like, “Oh, I gotta go look this up,” then I thought “You know what, I’m gonna see if ChatGPT can do this.” And it did that really well. And by doing that in an area where I kind of knew what to expect, I could also push its parameters a little bit, make sure is this plausible? is what it’s given me… [LAUGHTER] does that map onto reality? and I can fact check it a little bit better as I go along. So those are some things that I think that we can do, for those who really are starting from scratch or close to it right now.

John: You’re suggesting that faculty should think about how AI tools such as this… and there’s a growing number of them, it seems more are coming out almost every week…, how they might be useful in your disciplines and in the types of things you’re preparing students for, because as you suggested it’s very different in different contexts. It might be very different if you’re teaching students to write than if you’re teaching them psychology or economics or math. And so it’s always tempting to prepare students for the way we were prepared for the world that we were entering into in our disciplines. And as you suggest in the article that we really need to prepare students for the world that they’re going to be entering. Should people be thinking about how it’s likely that students will be using these tools in the future and then helping prepare them for that world?

Michelle: Yeah, that’s a really good way to start getting our arms around this. In kind of the thinking that I’ve been doing and kind of going through this over the last couple of months… that just absolutely keeps coming up as a recurring thing, that this is so big, complicated, and overwhelming, and means very different things for different people in different fields. Being able to kind of divide and break down that problem is so important. So, yeah, I do think that and, for example, one of the very basic things that I’ve made some baby steps towards using myself is, ChatGPT is really good at kind of reformulating content that you give it, expanding or condensing it in particular. The other day, for example, I was really kind of working to shape a writing piece, and I had sort of a longer overview and I needed to go back and kind of take it back down to basics and give myself some ideas as a writer. So I was not having it write any prose for me. But I said, “Okay, take what I wrote and turn it into bullet points” and it did a great job at that. I had a request recently from somebody who was looking at some workshop content I had and said, “Oh, we really want to add on some questions where people can test their own understanding.” And you know, as the big retrieval practice [LAUGHTER] advocate and fan of all time, I’m like, “Oh, well, that’s a great idea. Oh, my goodness, and I’m gonna have to write this, I’m on a deadline.” And here too, I got, not a perfectly configured set of questions. but I got a really good starting point. So I was able to really quickly dump in some text and some content and say,”Write this many multiple choice and true/false questions.” And it did that really, really well. So those are two very elementary examples and some things that we can get in the habit of doing as faculty and as people who work with information and knowledge in general.

Rebecca: I’ve used ChatGPT, quite often to get started on things too, and generate design prompts, all kinds of things and have it revise and add things and really get me to think through some things and then kind of I do my own thing. But I use that as a good starting point to not have a blank page.

Michelle: Absolutely. Yeah, the blank page issue. And I think where we will need to develop our own practice is to say, “Okay, make sure we don’t conflate or accidentally commingle our work with ChatGPT’s, as we figure out what those acceptable parameters are.” But that reminds me too, I mean, we all have the arenas where we shine and the arenas where we have difficulty as, again, as faculty, as working professionals. I know graphic design is your background. I’m terrible. I’m great at words, but it reminds me, one of the things that I kind of made myself go and experiment with was creating a graphic, just for my online course that’s running right now, which would, for me, that would typically be a kind of an ordeal of searching and trying to find something that was legitimate to use and a lot of clipart, and I had it generate something. Now, I do not advise putting in like “exciting psychology image in the style of Salvador Dali,” [LAUGHTER] and seeing what comes out. He was not the right choice. It was quite terrifying. But after a lot of trial and error, I found something that was serviceable and there too, it’s not like I need to develop those skills. If I did, I would go about that very, very differently. But it’s something that I need in the course of my work but it’s a little outside of my real realm of expertise. So helpful there too. So yeah, the blank page… I think you really hit on something there.

John: Now did you use DALL-E or Midjourney or one of the other AI design tools to generate that image?

Michelle: Oh my goodness. Well, here again, [LAUGHTER] I was really out of the proverbial comfort zone for myself is really going to show. I did use DALL-E and I really wrestled with it for a couple of reasons. And so, as a non-graphic person, it did not come easily to me. Midjourney as well, if you’re not a Discord user, you’re really kind of fighting to figure out that interface at the same time and those that are familiar with cognitive load concept of [LAUGHTER] “I’m trying to focus on this project, but all this other stuff is happening. And then I had a good friend who’s a computer engineer and designs stained glass as a hobbyist [LAUGHTER] and kind of took my hand and said, “Okay, here’s some things you can do.” It actually came up with something a lot prettier, I have to say.

John: You had just mentioned two ways in which faculty could use this to summarize their work or to generate some questions. Not all faculty rely on retrieval practice in an optimal manner. Might this be something that students can use to fill in the gaps when they’re not getting enough retrieval practice or when they’re assigned more complex readings then they’re able to handle.

Michelle: Yeah, having the expertise is part of it, and I think we’re going to see a lot of developing understanding of that really cool tradeoff and handoff between our expertise and what the machine can do. I’m kicking around this idea as well, so I’m glad you brought that up. A nice side effect could be a new era for retrieval practice, since that is something of a limiting factor is getting quality prompts and questions for yourself. It’s funny, one of the things that I did do while taking a little prompt engineering course right now to try to build some of these skills and the facility with it. And one of the things they assigned was a big dense article [LAUGHTER] on prompt engineering, which was really great, but a little out of my field, and so I’m kind of going “Well, did I get that?” And then I thought, I better take my own medicine here and say, “Well, what’s the best way to ensure that you do and to find out if you don’t have a good grasp of what you were assigned?” And I was able to give it the content, I gave it, again, a role, a goal, and some instructions and said “Act as a tutor or a college professor, take this article, and give me five questions to test my knowledge. And then I told it to evaluate my answers [LAUGHTER] and see whether it was correct.” So that was about as meta as you can get, I think, in this area right now. So I’ve done it. And here again, it does a pretty good job, actually an excellent job. Do you want to use it for something super high stakes, probably not, especially without taking that expert eye to it. But wow, here’s something, here’s content that was challenging to me personally. It did not come with built in retrieval practice, or a live tutor to help me out with it. I read it, and I’m kind of going, “I don’t know, I don’t have a really confident feeling.” So I was able to run through that. And so yeah, that could be one of the initial steps that we suggest to students as a potentially helpful and not terribly risky way of using these really powerful new tools.

Rebecca: One of the things that this conversation is reminding me of and some of the others that we’ve had about ChatGPT is we have to talk a little bit about how students might use it in an assignment or something, or how we might coach a student to use it. But we don’t often talk a lot about ways that students might just come to a tool like this, and how they’re just going to use it on their own without us having any [LAUGHTER] impact. I think, often we jump to conclusions that they’re gonna have a tool write a paper or whatever. What are some other ways that we can imagine or roleplay or experiment in the role of a student to see how a tool like this might impact our learning?

Michelle: So that is another kind of neat running theme that does come up, I think, with these AI tools is role playing. I mean, this is what it’s essentially doing. And so having us roleplay the position of a student or having it evaluate our materials from the perspective of a student, I think, could be useful. But, it kind of reminds me let’s not have a total illusion of control over this. I think, as faculty, we have a very individualistic approach to our work. And I think that’s fine. But yeah, there’s a lot happening outside of the classroom that we should always have in mind. So just like with me on that hyper planned first course that I was going to be teaching, it just happened and students were already out there experimenting with “Oh, here’s how I can complete this basic statistics assignment with the assistance of this tool I’m going to teach myself. So that could be going on, almost certainly is going on, out there in the world of students. And it’s another time to do something which I know I have to remind myself to do, which is ask students and really talk to them about it. Early on, I think there was a little bit of like, “Oh, this is a sort of a taboo or a secret and I can’t talk to my professors about it and I want to broach it and professors, they didn’t want to broach it with their students because we don’t want to give anybody ideas or suggest some things are okay where they’re not. But I think we’re at a good point to just kind of level with our students and ask them “How do you think we could bring this in?” I think next semester, I’m going to run maybe an extra credit assignment and say, “Oh, okay, we’re gonna have a contest, you get bragging rights, and maybe a few points to “What is a good creative use of this tool in a way that relates to this class? Or can you create something, kind of a creative product or some kind of a demonstration that in some way ties to the class?” And I’ve learned through experience when I’m stumped, and I don’t quite know where to go with a tool or a technique or a problem, take it to the students and see what they can do with it.

Rebecca: I can see this is a real opportunity to just ask the students, how are they using it, and then take a look at the results that it’s creating. And then this is where we can provide some information about how expertise in a field [LAUGHTER] could actually make that better why that result is in what they think it is.

Michelle: Absolutely, and some of the best suggestions that I’ve seen out there, I’m kind of eagerly consuming across a lot of disciplines as much as I can to look at those suggestions. The most intriguing ones I’ve seen are kind of with things with a media literacy and critical thinking flair that tells students “Okay, here’s something to elicit from your AI tool that you’re using, and then we, from our human and expert perspectives, are going to critique that and see how we could improve it. So here too, critical thinking and those kinds of evaluation skills and abilities are some of the most prized things we want students to be getting in higher education. And they are simultaneously. for many different reasons, they are some of the hardest. So if we can bring that to bear on the problem, I think that can be a big benefit.

John: In the article, you suggested that faculty should consider introducing some AI based activities in their classes. Could you talk a little bit about some that you might be considering or that you might recommend to people?

Michelle: One of the things that I am going to be teaching, actually for the first time in a very long time, is a writing in psychology course, which has the added challenge of being fully online asynchronous, so that’s going to be coming up pretty soon for me. It’s still under construction, as I’m sure a lot of our activities and a lot of things are that we’re thinking about in this very fluid and rapidly developing area. I think things like outlining, things like having ChatGPT suggest improvements, and finding ways for students to also kind of track their workflow with that. I do think that one of the things that in our different professional [LAUGHTER] lives, because as I mentioned in the article, I think that should really lead the way of what work are we doing as faculty and as scholars in our particular areas. One of the things we’re going to have to be looking at is alright, how do I manage any output that I got from this and knowing what belongs to it and what was generated by me. What have I already asked it? If they’re particularly good prompts, how do I save those so I can reuse them? …another really good thing about interacting with the tools. But, I’m kind of playing around with some different ideas about having students generate maybe structures or suggestions that they can work off of themselves. And having CHATGPT give them some feedback on what they’ve developed so far. So one of the things you can ask it to do is critique what you tell it, so [LAUGHTER] you can say, “Okay, improve on this.” And then you can repeat, you can keep iterating on that, and you can keep fine tuning in different areas. You can also have it improve on its own work. So once it makes a suggestion you can, I mean, it’s virtually infinite what you can tell it to go back and do: to refocus, expand, condense, add and delete, and so on. So that’s kind of what I am shaping right here. I think too, at the Introduction to Psychology level, which is the other level that I frequently teach within, I’m not incorporating it quite yet. But I think having students have the opportunity or option to create a dialogue, an example, maybe even a short play or skit that it can produce to illustrate some concepts from the book and there ChatGPT is going to be filling in kind of all the specifics, the student won’t be doing it, but it’ll be up to them to say, “Well, what really stood out to me in this big, vast [LAUGHTER] landscape of introductory material that I think would be so cool to communicate to another person in a creative way?” And this can help out with that. I’m also going to be teaching my teaching practicum for graduate students coming up as well. And, of course, I want to incorporate just kind of the latest state of the art information about it. But also, it’s supposedly, I haven’t tried it myself yet, but supposedly it’s pretty good at structuring lesson plans. We don’t do formal lesson plans the way they’re done in K through 12 education, of course, but to give it the basics of an idea and then have a plan that you’re going to take into a course since that’s one of the things they do in that course is produce plans for courses and I gotta say it’s not a critical skill, the formatting and exactly how that’s all going to be laid out on the page, is not what they’re in the class to do. It’s to really develop their own teaching philosophy, knowledge, and the ability to put those into practice in a classroom. So if it can be an aid to that, great, and I also want them to know what the capabilities are if they haven’t experimented with them yet, so they can be very aware of that going into their first classes that they teach.

Rebecca: When you mentioned the example of a writing intensive class that’s fully asynchronous online, I immediately thought of all of the concerns [LAUGHTER], and barriers that faculty are really struggling with in really highly writing intensive spaces, and then fully online environments, especially around things like academic integrity. Can you talk a little bit about [LAUGHTER] some of the things that you’re thinking about as you’re working through how you’re gonna handle AI in that context?

Michelle: As I’m been talking with other faculty right now, one of the things that I really settled on is the importance of keeping these kind of threads of the conversation separate and so I’m really glad we’re kind of piecing that out from everything [LAUGHTER] else. Because once again, it’s just too much to say, well, on the one hand, how to prepare students and give them skills they might need in the future? How do I use it to enhance learning and oh my gosh, is everybody just going to have AI complete their assignments? It’s kind of too much at once. But once we do piece that out, as you might pick up on that I’m a little enthusiastic about some of the potential, does not mean I don’t think this is a pretty important concern. So I think we’re gonna see a lot of claims about “Oh, we’re going to AI proof assignments and I think probably many of your listeners have already run across AI detection tools and the severe problems with those right now. So I think we have to just say right now, for practical purposes, no, you cannot really reliably detect AI written material. I think that if you’re teaching online especially, I think we should all just say flat out that AI can take your exams. If you have really conventional exams, as I did before [LAUGHTER] this semester in some of my online courses, if you’ve got those, it can take those. And just to kind of drive home to folks, this is not just simple pattern matching, looking up your particular question that floated out into a database, no, it’s processing what you’re putting in. And it’s probably going to do pretty well at that. So for me, I’m kind of thinking about, in my own mind, a lot of these more as speed bumps. I can put speed bumps in the road, and to know what speed bumps are going to at least discourage students from just dumping the class work into ChatGPT. To know what’s effective, it really helps to go in and know what it does well and what it really stumbles on, that will give you some hints about how to make it less attractive. And that’s kind of what I’m settling on right now myself, and what I’ve shared with students, as I’ve spoken with them really candidly to say I’m not trying to police or catch people, I am not under an illusion that I can just AI proof everything. I want to remove obvious temptation, I want to make it so a student who otherwise is inclined to do the right thing, wants to have integrity and wants to learn doesn’t go in feeling like, “Oh, I’m at a disadvantage If I don’t just do this, it’s sitting right there.” So creating those nudges away from it, I think, is important. And yeah, I took the step of taking out conventional exams from the online class I’m teaching right now. And I have been steadily de-emphasizing them more with every single iteration. I think those who are into online course design might agree well, maybe that was never really a good fit to begin with. That’s something that we developed for these face-to-face environments, and we just kind of transplanted it into that environment. But I sort of ripped off that [LAUGHTER] bandaid and said, “Okay, we’re just not going to do this. I’ve put more into the other substance of the course, I put in other kinds of interactions. Because if I ask them Psychology 101 basic test questions, even if I write them fresh every time, it can answer those handily, it really can.

John: Recently, someone ran the Test of Understanding in College Economics through with the micro and macro versions. And I remember on the macro version ChatGPT-4 scored at the 99th percentile on this multiple choice quiz, which basically is the type of things that people would be putting in their regular tests. So it’s going to be a challenge because many of the things we use to assess student’s learning can all be completed by ChatGPT. What types of activities are you thinking of using in that online class that will let you assess student learning without assessing ChatGPT’s or other AI tools’ ability to represent learning?

Michelle: Well, I’ll share one that’s pretty simple, but I was doing anyway for other reasons. So just to take one very simple example of something that we do in that class, I really got an a big kick with Kahoot!, especially during the heyday of fully hybrid teaching where we were charged, as faculty, I know at my institution, where you have to have a class that can run synchronously with in-person and remote students at the same time, and run [LAUGHTER] asynchronously for students who need to do their work at a different time phase. And that was a lot and Kahoot! was a really good solution to that. It’s got a very K through 12 flavor to it, but most students just really take a shine to it anyway. And it is familiar to many of them from high school or previous classes right now. So it’s a quiz game, runs a timed gamified quiz. So students are answering test questions in these Kahoot!s that I set up. And because it has that flexibility, they have the option to play the quiz game sort of asynchronously on their own time, or we have those different live sessions that they can drop in and play against each other and against me. So that’s all great. But here’s the thing, prior to ChatGPT, I said I don’t want to grade this on accuracy, which feels really weird, right, as a faculty member to say, well, here’s the test and your grade is not based on the points you earn for accuracy. It’s very timed, a little hiccup in the connectivity you have at home can alter your score, and I just didn’t like it. So what students do is for their grade, they do a reflection. So I give the link to the Kahoot!, you play it, and then what you turn into me is this really informal and hopefully very authentic reflection, say, “Well, how did you do? What surprised you the most? Were there particular questions that tripped you up?” And also kind of getting them to say, “Well, what are you going to do differently next time?” And for those who are big fans of teaching metacognition, I mean, that comes through loud and clear, I’m sure. So every single module they have this opportunity to come in and say, “Okay, here’s how I’m doing, and here’s what I’m finding challenging in the content.” Is it AI proof? Absolutely not. No, it really isn’t. But it is, at least I think at that tipping point where the contortions you’d have to go through to come up with something that is gonna pass the sniff test with me, and if I’ve now read 1000s of these, I know what they tend to look like. And Kahoot!s are timed. I mean, could you really quickly transfer them out and type them in? Yes. It’s simply a speed bump. But the time would make that also a real challenge to kind of toggle back and forth. So I feel good about having that in the class. And so it’s something again, I’ve been developing for a while, I didn’t just come up with it, fortunately, the minute that ChatGPT really impinged on this class, but it was already in place. And I kind of was able to elevate that and have that be part of it. And so they’re doing that. I do a lot of collaborative annotation, I continue to be really happy with… I use Perusall. I know, that’s not the only option there is, but it’s great. They’ve got an open source textbook. And they’re in there commenting and playing off each other in the comments. So that is the kind of engagement I think that we need in force anyway, it is less of a temptation. And so I feel like that’s probably better than having them try to quickly type out answers to, frankly, pretty generic definitions and so on that we have in that course. Some people are not going to be happy with that, but that’s really truly what I’m doing in that course instead.

John: Might this lead to a bit of a shift to more people using ungrading techniques with those types of reflections as a way of shifting the focus away from grading, which would encourage the use of ChatGPT or other tools to focus on learning, which might discourage it from being used inappropriately?

Michelle: What a fantastic connection. And you know what? When I recently led a discussion with faculty in my own department about this, that is actually something that came up over and over just, it’s not ungrading, because not everybody is even kind of conversant with that concept. But how there are these trends that have been going on for a while of saying, you know, is a timed multiple choice test really what I need everything to hinge on in this online course. Ungrading, this idea of kind of, I think there’s this emerging almost idea I’ll call both sides-ism, or collaboration between student and teacher, which I think was also taking root through the pandemic teaching and that came to the forefront with me of just saying, “Okay, we’re not going to just be able to keep running everything the same way traditionally it’s been run,” which sometimes does have that underlying philosophy of, “Okay, I’m going to make you do things and then you owe me this work, and I’m going to judge it and you’re going to try to get the highest points with the least effort. I mean, that whole dynamic, that is what I think powers this interest in ungrading, which is so exciting, and it’s gonna maybe be pushed ahead by this as well. Ultimately, the reason why you’re going to do these exercises I assign to you is because you want to develop these skills. You are here for a reason, and I am here to help you. So that is, I think, a real positive perspective we can bring to this and I would love to see those two things wedded together, especially now that tests can be taken by ChatGPT, then, we should relook at all of our evaluation and sort of the underlying philosophy that powers it.

John: One of the concerns about ChatGPT is it sometimes makes mistakes, it’s sometimes will make stuff up, and it’s also not very good with citations. In many cases, it will just completely fabricate citations, where it will get the authors of people who’ve done research in the field, but will grab other titles or make up other titles for their work. Might that be a way in which we could could give students an assignment to use one of these tools to generate a paper or a summary on some topic, but then have them go out and verify the arguments made and look for citations and document it just as a way of helping prepare them for a world where they have a tool which is really powerful, but is also sometimes going off in strange directions, so that they can develop their critical thinking skills more effectively.

Michelle: Yeah, looping back to that critical thinking idea. Could this also be a real way to elevate what we’ve been doing and give us some new options in this really challenging and high value area? And yes, this is another thing that I think faculty hopefully will discover and get a sense of as they experiment themselves. I think probably a lot of us have also experimented with, just ask it about yourself. Ask it, what has Dr. Michelle Miller written? There’s a whole collaborator [LAUGHTER] I have never heard of, and when it goes off the rails, it goes. And it’s one thing to say really kind of super vaguely to say like, “Oh, AI may produce output that can’t be trusted.” And that has that real like, okay, caution, but not really, feel to it. That’s a whole other thing to actually sit with it and say, alright, have it generate these citations. They sure do look scholarly, don’t they really look right? Okay, now go check them out. And say, this came out of pure thin air, didn’t it? Or it was close, but it was way off in some particular way. So as in so many areas, to actually have the opportunity to say, okay, generate it and then look at it, and it’s staring you right there in the face some of the issues. So I think that we will see a lot of faculty coming up with really dynamic exercises that are finely tuned to their particular area. But yeah, when we talk about writing all kinds of scholarly writing and research in general, I think that’s going to be a very rich field for ideas. So I’m looking forward to seeing what students and faculty come up with there.

Rebecca: That’s a nice lead into the way that we always wrap up, Michelle, which is to ask: “what’s next?”

Michelle: Well, gosh, alright. So I’m continuing to write about and disseminate all kinds of exciting research findings. I’ve got my research base substack, that’s still going pretty strong. After summer. I actually focused it on ChatGPT and AI for a couple of months. But now I’m back to more general topics in psychology, neuroscience, education, and technology. So articles that pull in at least three out of four on those. I’ve got some other bigger writing projects that are still in the cooker. And so I’ll leave it at that with those and I’m continuing to really develop what I know about and what I can do with ChatGPT. As I was monitoring this literature, it was really very clear that we are at a very, very early stage of scholarship and applied information that people can actually use. Those are all things that are very much on the horizon for my next couple of months.

Rebecca: Well, thank you so much, Michelle, we always enjoy talking with you. And it’s always good to think through and process this new world with others.

Michelle: Absolutely.

John: It certainly keeps things more interesting and exciting than just doing the same thing in the same way all the time. Well, thank you.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on iTunes or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

Ganesh: Editing assistance by Ganesh.

[MUSIC]

307. Career Readiness

Students do not always understand how the work that they do in our classes helps prepare them for their future careers. In this episode, Chilton Reynolds and Ed Beck join us to discuss one institution’s approach to helping students understand and articulate how their course learning activities intersect with career competencies. Chilton is the Director of the Faculty Center for Teaching, Learning, and Scholarship at SUNY Oneonta. Ed is an Open and Online Learning Specialist, also at SUNY Oneonta. Chilton and Ed have both worked on integrating career readiness skills into the curriculum.

Transcript

John: Students do not always understand how the work that they do in our classes helps prepare them for their future careers. In this episode, we discuss one institution’s approach to helping students understand and articulate how their course learning activities intersect with career competencies.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

John: Our guests today are Chilton Reynolds and Ed Beck. Chilton is the Director of the Faculty Center for Teaching, Learning, and Scholarship at SUNY Oneonta. Ed is an Open and Online Learning Specialist, also at SUNY Oneonta. Chilton and Ed have both worked on integrating career readiness skills into the curriculum. Welcome Chilton and Ed.

Chilton: Hey, It’s nice to be here.

Ed: Thanks, John.

Rebecca: Today’s teas are… Chilton, are you drinking any tea today?

Chilton: I am. It’s afternoon here, so I’ve moved to iced tea. I make my own decaffeinated, slightly sweetened, peach iced tea for the afternoon.

Rebecca: Sounds nice and refreshing.

Chilton: Yes.

Rebecca: What about you, Ed?

Ed: I am drinking a Chamomile honey and vanilla tea, in a very fancy special mug.

Rebecca: Oh, that’s a Tea for Teaching mug. I wonder where you got it.

John: And I am drinking an Irish Breakfast tea today.

Rebecca: Also in a tea for teaching mug. I have Lady Grey, I think.

John: We’ve invited you here today to discuss your work at SUNY Oneonta in making explicit connections between course learning objectives and career readiness skills. Can you tell us a little bit about that?

Chilton: Yes, we’d love to. And again, thanks for having us. We’re excited to be here to share this project that we’ve been doing. We just finished up with our first cohort where we are really trying to help our students make really clear connections between what’s going on in the classroom with career competency skills that they’ll be using after they leave college. So the focus of this program was really on helping faculty build into their courses, times to allow students to reflect on what they’re doing in the classroom, and really say explicitly: “Here’s the skill that we are trying to build towards. Here’s what we’re doing in class. Now, as a student, practice actually making that connection. We want you to either write that and think about it in writing or say it out loud, and practice saying out loud, so that those connections can become as strong as possible after you leave this class.” The focus of this was on lower-level classes, we specifically targeted lower-level classes, because we thought that by the time they’re getting to their senior seminars, they’re doing that in the class already. But we don’t have these conversations in our 1000- and 2000-level classes. And so the more we can do this in our lower-level classes, hopefully when they get to those upper-level classes, they can say, “Oh, yes, I do remember talking about technology skills or communication skills early on and I can make connections now between what happened in that class and what’s going on.”

Ed: Yeah, the big thing that we always are talking about in the instructional design field, in the faculty development field, we’re talking about authentic learning all the time. But I joke sometimes when I say like if a student completes a course built on authentic learning, but can’t talk about it in an interview, or articulate it to themselves or others, did it really happen? And this is our practice. This is us saying, “if we’re going to do all the effort to make sure that our courses are built on authentic learning, we’re building authentic tasks into them. Let’s go ahead and do the next step of reflection, of practicing, so that students are prepared to speak about it.”

Rebecca: Can you talk a little bit more about how you rolled it out to faculty, because you’re talking about working on it through the center, and then getting faculty to adopt it in these lower level classes? Can you talk a little bit about those details?

Chilton: Yes. So we had started with a call for faculty. We actually had gotten a grant, there was local money from our institution to be able to do this where our incoming president had created… we didn’t have a strategic plan at the time, so he created a initiative called “regaining momentum” that was very much focused on re-engaging our students, both incoming students and current students. And so one of the focuses was on career readiness. And so that was kind of “how do we help our students make those connections?” So we had applied for a grant, we received the grant, and in doing that had promised that we would do this over three years, the first year being our first cohort. So we actually put out a call for proposals and went to a couple of faculty that we knew were doing some of this from some of our previous work, and said, “Would you be willing to be a part of this?” and then also have the full call for everybody across campus, and we were looking for 10 faculty, and I think we had 11 proposals to begin with. After that we went through the team that was built from across campus. We can talk about that in just a second too. But they had a team that would review those proposals and then said, “Yes, we had a cohort of 10,” which is what we had funding for the first year of the cohort, and then went through the process with them over the year.

Ed: In our center, we’ve really been thinking about how we can focus on the student experience. We’re in a transition phase right now, we used to be known as the Teaching, Learning, and Technology Center, and we are transitioning, and as of July 1st, we’re now the Faculty Center on campus. We were thinking about how we stop leading with technology. We always were thinking about teaching but we wanted to lead with that. And one of the things that we were doing was we were focusing in on the AAC&U high-impact practices. And we went through that long list of high-impact practices and said “okay, what fits into the work that we are already doing as a center?” and kind of identified some of them, so we had already been doing sessions and cohorts of project-based learning with our faculty members, we had already been investigating and helping build ePortfolios. And we always saw ourselves as the collaborative learning people. So what we wanted to do was create a cohort of people that were thinking about this and tie it to a goal that we could keep coming back to, and have these faculty meet with each other throughout a semester to really create a community around a central idea. And that’s where the idea really came from was to keep reconnecting through the semester and focus on building that community versus the sometimes one-off presentations that faculty development can sometimes feel like.

Rebecca: Can you talk a little bit about the career readiness competencies that you’re focusing on?

Chilton: Yeah, when we started this application process, we were connecting with other groups across campus. And one of those that when we talk about career development should be the Career Development Center. So we reached out to them and they talked about how they were using the NACE career readiness competencies. NACE is a national organization that is connecting what’s going on in the classroom to careers afterwards. There are eight competencies that are a part of those and they align a lot of their work specifically with that. Additionally, we found out that some of our co-curricular activities also aligned with the NACE competencies. We have a Lead program, which is a leadership program on our campus, and that uses the NACE competencies as well. The School of Liberal Arts has a program going on right now where they were trying to do a lot of this similar work outside of the classroom with students helping them connect what they had been doing in their classes with what was going on through the NACE competencies. So we found there was a lot of work already happening on campus, and so we really wanted to make sure that we aligned with that as well. What we like about NACE competencies is it really aligns with a lot of the work that goes on in our classrooms. And that’s what resonated with us, and that said, we’re focused on what’s going on in the classroom, how we can help support faculty in doing more useful work inside the classroom. And so we thought about how the NACE competencies really do that. So we think about things like professionalism, communication, critical thinking, teamwork, technology, and leadership. Then there’s equity, inclusion, and career and self development. Those are the soft skills is that word that got used a lot in the past to kind of say, “Yes, we do these things, but we didn’t really help students make those connections between what’s going on.” So we felt like it was a great framework to take into the classroom and say, you’re doing this as faculty, you know, you were doing this, but the students don’t always know that they’re doing this, how can we be able to help do that? The other thing I’ll follow up with that is, as we were exploring this more, we reached out to the POD Network, and actually found out [LAUGHTER] from SUNY, there was already work going on some of this as well. So our Center for Professional Development, has a whole certificate program that’s around connecting career readiness skills into the classroom and our use of the NACE competencies as a part of that as well. So it was really a lot of tie-ins that we saw really strong connections between what was happening on our campus and things that were happening locally.

John: We have talked about that, to some extent in our previous podcast with Jessica Krueger, and we’ll include a link to that, in the show notes.

Chilton: And one thing I follow up with that, John, is we have a couple of pre-professional programs. And this seems to fit really well there, like career readiness makes sense when you have a pre-professional program that’s preparing you for a specific program. We were also trying to reach into our liberal arts programs, into our science programs, into lots of other programs that might not be as focused on a specific profession, but still are connecting into these career readiness competencies.

John: And since we’re doing these things in the classes anyway, it’s nice for students to be able to recognize that these are skills that are going to be helpful for them in their future careers. And when they can see that, I think that may help provide a little more intrinsic motivation to engage in these practices and develop those skills. How have students responded to that?

Chilton: So we are in the first year of this, and this is one of the things we were reflecting on as we were preparing for this in that we realized our first year was focused on what faculty are going to be doing. As Ed said, we’ve been working with some faculty on this, that have been doing this on a smaller scale. But as far as this program, we’re looking forward in year two to really hearing from students and hearing how that’s going to go, so we’ll have to provide some feedback and liner notes later on to let you know when we hear about from the students.

Ed: Yeah, I’m gonna lead a committee to do the IRB and create some surveys to send out to students that are part of the program and have a little bit more of that student voice that we can report back on. Because I think that’s really important. It grew out of a proposal like that, that I’ll talk about a little bit later. But we had done that student interviews and student feedback once before, that really helped create this framework that we were really trying to set up with now a cohort of faculty members.

Rebecca: I really love hearing that you’re using NACE across your institution in different spaces. So you mentioned that Career Development Center is doing it as well as your center. Can you talk a little bit about how that collaboration is working?

Chilton: Yeah, so we really see this as a partnership. And it’s one of the things that we really tried to be intentional early on. Because when you say career readiness, that is a Career Development Center thing, and we don’t want there to be any perception that we’re trying to take over what they’re doing and we want to be able to just support them so that when students come to them, they are more prepared. A part of the original proposal was going to the Career Development Center and saying, we want to do this with you, would you be willing to partner with us? We can do more of this in the classroom. It was very much a partnership, it was very much us wanting to say, “What is it that you do in the Career Development Center, and then also, where can we help support you?” And then make sure that we feed into what you’re already doing. So it’s not any appearance of us coming in and trying to take over your programming, but just help our students be more prepared when they come to your program.

Ed: Actually, we had a great day at a winter workshop where the Career Development Center sat with our faculty and said, “Here are some of the things that we are already doing, here are the services that we’re purchasing, here are the things that we do at one-on-one consultations, here was what it could look like if you invited us into your course.” And some of our faculty members did that and invited the Career Development Center into their course to speak to them. And some of our faculty members were doing other things that incorporated the competencies but didn’t necessarily incorporate an outside group like the Career Development Center. So we had a wide range, even among our cohort of what they were doing. During that winter workshop that I was referencing, we actually brought in an outside trainer. And that was really nice. Chilton mentioned that the SUNY Center for Professional Development, the CPD had already been doing a four course sequence on the NACE competencies, which was really meant for a variety of professionals, it wasn’t just faculty, but the instructor that came highly recommended to us was Jessie Stack Lombardo also from SUNY for the SUNY Geneseo Career Development Center Director. And she came in and did some workshops with us and the faculty thinking about what are the small things that we can do in our class that helped students reflect, that helps students make those connections?

John: Could you tell us a little bit about the impetus for starting this program?

Ed: Yeah, so even before the program, we were, of course, working with wonderful faculty members here at SUNY Oneonta. And one of the things that we’d been doing quite a bit was thinking about making websites and ePortfolios, having opportunities for students to build their own web space, build their own web presence. So even before the cohort happened, we had one great instructor that said, “Hey, I would really love to be thinking about building ePortfolio projects into my course, would you help me do that?” During this time, John, you know, we were doing the SUNYCreate, a domain of one’s own initiative. We were giving websites to students. That was a technology-focused initiative. But we were doing a lot of these things already. I said, “Yeah, let’s come in. Let’s do that.” I was invited into that class several times. And we were so proud of this course, the way it came out. I want to give such a big shout out to Dr. Sarah Portway. She later went out and won the Chancellor’s Award for Excellence in Teaching based on a lot of the work that she was doing. They were building a fashion magazine online, the students were taking the articles they submitted for that fashion magazine, and also bringing them back to their portfolio and showcasing them on their own sites in addition, and she said, “Hey, why don’t we take this thing on the road? Why don’t we go to the AAC&U’s Institute on OER and ePortfolios.” And we said, “Okay, let’s do an IRB, get some student feedback from that, to bring to the conference so that we have that student voice when we go through.” And the feedback was fantastic. Students really responded to it. It was a wonderful presentation. But we were also starting to realize during those interviews, it wasn’t a negative, but it wasn’t all positive. Students were still not making all the connections between the skills that they had done and things they had practiced and the skills they had acquired, and being able to articulate that. I have this memory of a student saying to me, “I wish I could have put this on my portfolio, but it was a group assignment, so I can’t put a group assignment on my personal portfolio.” And I remember just kind of stopping the interview format and saying to her, “Oh, I would absolutely put that group assignment on your portfolio if you’re proud of it. I would absolutely describe what it is you did to contribute to that. group atmosphere and talk about how you can be a successful collaborator and describe how you work in team environments. And then put that thing that you’re proud of, that artifact that you’re proud of, on your portfolio, but also with the framing of what it means for you to be a good teammate and what it means for you to be a good collaborator.” And the student said “Oh, I never thought about it like that, I guess I could do something like that.” And Dr. Portway, being a fantastic instructor, never being satisfied with how things went in the last class was kind of like, “We need to think about this a little bit more. We need to be more explicit. We’re already doing all these authentic assignments. And at some level, it’s hitting. And we definitely want to keep going down this road. But on some level, we are missing something in helping those students make those connections. What do we need to do in the classroom activities, in the way that the assignments are presented, that helps walk them through that to make them just a little bit more prepared, because the authentic skills were already in the course. They just needed help making that connection.” And that was really the thing for me that I walked back from that experience and knocked on Chilton’s door and said, “We need to be doing more of this, and we need to be doing it not one at a time, but with groups of faculty members.” And that was really important to me.

Chilton: And what was interesting to me was that to carry that on a little bit more, when we first had this proposal ePortfolios was in the proposal title. We were really focused on we want to do ePortfolios for everyone. And some of the feedback we received was “Yes, ePortfolios can be a part of that but this could be a much wider conversation,” which is again, how we got back to NACE. There are these bigger frameworks that we can be a part of. So we went from, “Yes, here’s this great tool to no, no, no, let’s look at it from a framework perspective.” And now we’re at the point where we’re like, yes, some of the projects will be ePortfolios, some of them will be other things. And that’s okay. And that was bigger than the tool. This is about helping our students think about what they’re doing and helping them connect to things that will be useful for them after they leave college.

John: One quick follow up, you mentioned that you have groups of faculty who worked on it. As I understand this, this was a faculty learning community that you put together, where faculty received some slight funding or a small stipend as part of the participation. Have you done any work there with entire departments in revising their curriculum yet?

Ed: No, we haven’t done the departmental level work yet. Right now we’re focusing on coalitions of the willing, having faculty who are interested in these types of things. One of the hopes is that after doing three cohorts, having worked with multiple faculty one year, then the second year, then a third year, new faculty each year that we can get to a point where we’re ready to have a bigger discussion. There was one participant in the group that was really focused on making a freshman ePortfolio with the explicit reason to keep contributing to it throughout the program. And I think that shows a lot of promise. But we’ve still got to do some work to get the buy-in from the rest of the department to make sure that it gets used. So I mean, there is a lot to be done there. And it’s one of the things I’m hopeful for the future.

Chilton: To add on to that, one of our goals out of this is to be able to build a repository where we can share and our hope is that we can have enough examples that when we go to a department, we can say, here’s some small changes you can make. Ed had mentioned this earlier, we want to be able to have a breadth of here’s some small tweaks you can make. Or here’s some larger things you can do. And be able to have some examples that are multidisciplinary, that are a wide range of both implementation needs, as well as examples from different departments so that when they go to a department, we can say this doesn’t have to be a large change, it could just be helping make some small changes to help those students make connections.

Rebecca: So I wanted to follow up on an earlier point that you were making, from an experience that I’ve had as an instructor, and I’m sure many other instructors have had is you work really hard to make these kinds of career-ready activities, things like professional email writing, and portfolio projects, and team projects, the list goes on. We do many of these things as instructors, and then you inevitably have this conversation, a one-on-one maybe with a student. And you just realize they have no idea why they were doing any of the things and you’re like, “Oh, I failed the student clearly [LAUGHTER]. I could have done a better job.” And so it seems like frameworks like NACE could be really helpful, both for instructors and students to just be more explicit about those things and to practice talking about them. Can you talk a little bit about that piece of the puzzle?

Ed: Yeah, I think it’s so important to have small opportunities to embed a skill or embed a practice in there. So I’m going to start off with a very small thing that I think anybody could throw into their class. At the end of the course, it’s at reflection time, we want to talk about what you learned. Let’s take a moment and think about a common interview technique is the star interview technique, you’ve probably heard of it, where you describe a situation, then you have the task that you were assigned, the action that you took, and then a result, explain that, say “Hey this is how a lot of times we make sure that we have an action-oriented response to an interview question.” Now talk about this course, using the STAR method. What situations did your instructor put you in? What were you asked to do? What did you do in order to be successful in there? And then is there anything else you want to share about it? Are there next steps that you should continue to do that your instructors put you on the path to? Or are there things that you’ve realized about yourself that you need to continue on with for the future for the next thing? That’s so simple, it’s not rewriting an entire course. Yet, it’s a little opportunity to say, this is important, and what we did had meaning, and take a moment to integrate that into your context. How will you talk about this course in the future.

Chilton: What was interesting to me when we were doing this was when we first started out, we list a whole bunch of sample outcomes that get at what you were talking about, I’m going to do this email, I’m going to have them do this thing and it’s going to be great. And as we got to the conversation with our faculty, we realized that what we were missing was really creating the places for the students to practice making the connection. We have to practice the skills all the time, we’re like, “Yes, we do this.” As the faculty member, we understand that there is a connection between this and career readiness but unless the students are actually practicing making the connection, not just doing the action, but making the connection, then it doesn’t always stick for them. And so that’s where we started to shift from, what do we want the faculty to do? How do we want the students to practice this so that it does stick for them? So it is meaningful for them in a way that they can think about it again, hopefully, a year, two years from now, when they’re finishing their college career and starting to think more about career readiness. That was a shift for us of what is the faculty member going to do to how do we help the students really intentionally practice what they are doing, practice talking about what they have done, and making that connection to, in this case, the NACE framework, because we thought it was such a good framework to talk about.

Ed: I feel like we’re saying NACE too often. So I feel like it’s always helpful to be a little more specific. So let’s talk about communication. We’re teaching communication to students all the time. One of the key aspects is audience. So have the conversation with your students. When we communicate to different audiences, we use different standards. So part of the reason why I’m asking you to write a more formal paper, in research style format, is I want you to be prepared to speak to other experts in your field. But when we shift to the oral presentation, I want you to adjust your language, so that you’re speaking to a non-expert, you’re speaking to your future colleagues, you’re speaking to a potential customer. And when you make that switch, make sure it’s intentional. And then at the end of this course, I’m going to ask you to reflect on that to think about what choices you made when you were speaking to someone who you expect to already understand and be embedded into the discipline and someone who you do not expect. How is it different when you talk to a colleague versus when you talk to your friends and family about what you do. That’s an important communication competency. So let’s talk about it and intentional choices that we can be making.

John: How many faculty members and how many departments were involved in this project so far?

Chilton: So we had our first cohort, and in that cohort, we specifically targeted to having 10 faculty. But we were very specific about trying to have faculty from as many departments and as many schools as possible. So we have three schools on our campus, we ensured that we had representation from all three schools, we ensured that we have representation from multiple departments. So in the end, we had nine different departments as a part of this. We did have overlap in one department, from two of our participants. As we said before, we did focus and said in the call that we wanted you to work with a 1000- or 2000-level class. And so that was part of the call as well. So we actually had a couple people that applied for this that were planning on doing this in a 3000-level class. We reached out to all of them and said “Do you have any lower-level classes that could be part of this?” Two of them said yes and one didn’t, which was one person that we weren’t able to take in. We’re focusing on in years two and three, again, lower-level courses, and going to try to continue to have faculty from as many different departments as possible, so that when we get to the end of this, again, we have a nice repository of examples from as many different disciplines and as many different schools as possible.

Ed: And we can invite some of the cohort I faculty back as mentors, and we can incorporate them into year two in a different way, as we continue to try to build a larger community and push a conversation that we think needs to happen on campus.

Rebecca: Can you talk a little bit about what was expected of a faculty member who was accepted into the program?

Chilton: So we’ve spelled that out upfront, we had already been planning on our campus, what we call the SUNY digital learning conference that was focused on open and public education. And we purposely built in a track in there that was about career readiness. Originally, as we’ve been talking about, we were focused on ePortfolios, and so I thought a lot of them will be doing ePortfolios. But in the expansion of that, we wanted to make sure that we really talked about how we can make connections. So we said that we would pay for the faculty to be a part of that conference. So they attended that conference in November of 2022. And that was the first part, kind of the kickoff for this cohort. We then had a January full day workshop, as Ed had talked about earlier, brought in Jessie Stack Lombardo from SUNY Geneseo to be our speaker for that, and she wasn’t even a speaker she really planned the day and it was very highly interactive with those ten faculty. So as Ed said, we have a staff member from the Career Development Center was a part of that and presented locally, Jesse then talked about some different frameworks to be able to do including NACE and how you can start to think about both small changes that we made and large changes. And then we had said in the call that the expectation would be that by the end of the Spring 23 semester, they would turn in a revised syllabus and examples of work that they are doing to the group. We realized that wasn’t specific enough. So we then created a rubric that focused in on three specific areas of what they would need to do. First part of that rubric is what would be the changes they would make in their syllabus to really spell out what are the NACE competencies? Are you focusing on all of them? Are you focusing on one of them? But didn’t have to be a lot in there, but we did want to have it be addressed in their syllabus in some way. And then what is the activity they’re going to be doing where they actually have students practicing and how will the students receive feedback on that? Well, there’s three levels, it’s not present as a part of the rubric. And then we had two levels of “yes, it meets expectations.” And we were thinking again, what are those small changes that could happen, but then also, we had a what’s above expectation, where what’s something if you were really dreaming about what it could be, where could you take it and what could it be, so we kind of want to have “Yes, you meet expectations” that would help us get small changes that would be usable by everybody. And then what could this be look like if you really wanted to really [LAUGHTER] dive into the deep end with it and explore what could happen with it a little bit more, and make it so that it was better for students, not just in the class, but beyond the classroom.

Ed: Yeah, the only thing I’ll add to that Chilton is we also met once a month during the spring semester. So we had recurring meetings throughout the Spring semester. With those rubrics between the present and highly effective, and we’ll share the rubric so that you can put it in the notes if you’d like. We were starting to think about not only did you incorporate the NACE competency in your course, but you were also presented your prompts or your things in a way that gave the students the opportunity to think about future activities they could take, future things they would want to do. And that was really important to us as we were doing it is to not only just create a moment of reflection for the students at that moment, but also to make that connection of, okay now that I’ve had that moment of reflection, now what? Should I be picking out some different courses? Should I be finding an internship? Should I be doing something now to set myself up for success? And so we don’t get that panicked feeling when the student is at senior year and they go into the career readiness and or the Career Development Center and say, “Okay, what do I do now?”

John: What type of incentives were offered to faculty to participate in the program?

Chilton: So we spell that out as pay for their participation in the conference in November. So they were able to go for free and participate. It was on our campus that made it easy for them to be able to go. It was just their conference registration that we covered as a part of this. In addition, we paid them a stipend for attending the January workshop. So officially it was $90 was the stipend to attend the workshop. And then when they completed and turned in their final version of their revised syllabus and examples of activities, there was another $510 stipend. So in total, it was a $600 stipend. But as a part of that final revision, we actually did review their submissions, looked at the rubric and did give them feedback… a couple of people, we said, “Hey you’re missing…” and asked them to go back and do some additional work. So we did hold them accountable to that rubric before getting the final stipend. And so it was a useful and interesting conversation when the leadership team did meet to kind of look at those to be able to say, “What do we like about this? What are we thinking for cohorts two, and three? What might be asked for more specifically next time to make this even more meaningful for our students?” So we’re already starting to think about cohort two and looking forward to that for next year.

Rebecca: Can you talk a little bit about how faculty responded to their participation,

Ed: We take the faculty’s response and the feedback they gave us really seriously. We gave them the opportunity. They had the reflections that they were doing that, of course, we knew who was speaking. But we also gave them some opportunities to give us some anonymous feedback, so that they could tell us how they really felt about us. And we were just really pleased with it in year one. We do recognize that we have to keep honing our message, we have to keep defining what we mean by career readiness, and what we mean by incorporating it into class. We need to have our elevator pitch a little bit more refined and down. Because what’s evolved through this conversation is, we’ve really talked about the skills are already there, but we can be more intentional about it. And we can be intentional in the ways we ask students to reflect and practice in ways that we really believe can be beneficial for students. But that can still be a difficult conversation. When people see career readiness in 1000 and 2000 level classes, some people are bristled or turned off by that because they’re thinking, “Oh, just one more thing that I have to do.” Now we didn’t get that from our participants in the cohort that much, because they applied and they came here on purpose, that was nice to have a group that was really wanting to be here and was willing to try some things with us in this space that we were creating. But overall, I would say that the feedback had been very positive.

Chilton: Looking through the feedback from faculty, I just pulled out there was one quote that stuck out to me that i’ll read quickly that came from one of our professors in our communication arts department, where this professor said, “Students said that they felt more confident.” So this is actually one of the professors we recruited into this program that had been doing this already. This professor did have some experience with students doing something but said that “Students felt more confident in the skills as a professional, and were able to articulate how the experiences they had in my class connected to the expectations and employers would have of them. They also appreciated being told of why we had to do certain projects and to help them transition from college to life after college.” And so I think that really speaks to how the professors enjoyed having time to be able to do that.

John: We only have courses from 100 to 500 levels. It seems there has been a bit of a course number inflation there at [LAUGHTER] Oneonta. That was just a joke. I’m sorry.

Chilton: We were told that everybody in SUNY was moving to four course digit numbers and so we over the past two years, it was like this really big project that we did to move from three digit to four digit numbers, because at least we heard, everybody in SUNY is doing this. So we have to do it. It’s very intriguing that not everybody had to do that. [LAUGHTER].

Ed: And simultaneously, as we were going from three digits to four digits, we didn’t have 400 level classes previously. And the feedback we were getting was that that was seen as a deficiency by some people who are reviewing our students’ transcripts, even though calling all of our upper division 300 level, and that people applying to professional schools would get that explanation they would understand why there weren’t 400 level. Other people who are maybe not as skilled at reading a transcript are like, “Well, did this student avoid all 400 level work?” And so simultaneously as we were adding another digit, we were also transitioning to having 1000, 2000, 3000, and 4000 level classes. So that was a big change that took a lot of curriculum writing and mapping through over the last two years. It wasn’t just as easy as adding a zero on to every course.

Rebecca: Sounds like such a fun project. Sign me up. [LAUGHTER] So we always wrap up by asking what’s next?

Chilton: So we are excited about Cohort Two. We are going to be starting our recruitment in the fall. We actually have a fall faculty Institute on campus. This year is very much focused on what the communities of practice that are already happening on campus and how you can get involved. And so that’s going to be our first, not our first, but that’s gonna be one of our big recruitment pitches for Cohort Two. In Cohort Two, we are looking to be able to include more faculty from a wider range, we are going to be starting to get into faculty that might not have as much experience in doing this. So we are thinking about how we hone our pitch and how we focus this to a wider audience to be able to say “No, this is not big changes in your classes. This is just asking one additional question or allowing space for one additional time for students to be able to practice connecting what you’re already doing to these career readiness competencies.”

Ed: And I would say what’s next for me is this experience has really solidified the idea for me that we need to continue in faculty development centers, to make spaces where faculty can repeatedly come back and interact on the same topic, getting away from that kind of one and done workshop, and identifying major things that we want to return to through the year inviting people into that space to share. Because when those faculty, when they get an opportunity to think and show off what they’re doing, it really is a wonderful spread of ideas. And you get a lot from all the energy in the room.

Rebecca: Well, thank you so much for joining us and sharing how this project’s unfolded at your institution.

John: And you’re both doing some really great work at SUNY Oneonta and it’s great to keep in touch and thank you for joining us.

Chilton: And thank you. It’s a pleasure to be here with you. So thanks for taking the time to be with us today.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on iTunes or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

Ganesh: Editing assistance by Ganesh.

[MUSIC]

300. Episode 300 Reflection

This is episode 300 of the Tea for Teaching podcast. Whether you are a new listener or have been with us for all 300 episodes, we are very grateful that you’ve joined us on our podcasting journey. In this episode, we celebrate this milestone by reflecting on what we’ve learned and how the podcast has evolved.

Show Notes

Transcript

John: This is episode 300 of the Tea for Teaching podcast. Whether you are a new listener or have been with us for all 300 episodes, we are very grateful that you’ve joined us on our podcasting journey. In this episode, we celebrate this milestone by reflecting on what we’ve learned and how the podcast has evolved.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

Rebecca: Now that we’ve reached Episode 300, we thought we’d take the opportunity to reflect on some of the changes that we’ve seen in higher education since we launched the podcast in 2017.

John: Today’s teas are:…

Rebecca: I have Blue Sapphire.

John: I heard you just stocked up on a trip to your favorite tea store.

Rebecca: Yes, I was really excited to stock up on my favorite and I have a couple new ones too. So maybe in some upcoming episodes, we can try those out.

John: And I have Bing Cherry Black tea from Harry and David’s which is made by the Republic of Tea. When we first got started on the podcast, much of the focus was on specific teaching practices and techniques and interesting projects. Most of our guests were people that we knew or guests who were within our professional networks.

Rebecca: in the spring of 2020, as we know, [LAUGHTER] the focus shifted to the challenges associated with remote and online teaching, and the challenges facing remote learners and instructors.

John: As we became accustomed to pandemic teaching, we focused a bit more on faculty concerns as we transitioned into the transformed higher ed landscape. Historically, higher ed had been designed to serve the elites of society, and while higher ed gradually became more open and students have become much more diverse, many residual practices have worked against serving the students that we have. During the pandemic, faculty became much more aware of the inequities facing our students as well as faculty and staff.

Rebecca: Yeah, so one of the things that we’ve been talking about quite a bit is this more holistic focus on the needs of our students and faculty as humans, and really generating and creating a much more inclusive higher ed environment. How do you see that moving forward, John?

John: One of the things we’ve talked about is addressing the needs caused by the increased demands on time for faculty, staff, and students. As we developed new teaching techniques and tried to build more structure into our courses, it put much more demands on faculty in terms of redesigning their courses, in terms of paying more attention to the needs of students, and providing students with more feedback. And that has led to issues with burnout, which we’ve addressed in a number of podcasts.

Rebecca: And you’ve never experienced that, have you, John?

John: The day is not over yet. [LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: Well, how do we think about supporting faculty as we move forward with all these demands on their time in trying to prevent burnout? We’ve talked about this in a couple of episodes, but as we enjoy summer and have a little bit of more downtime for some of us… maybe not you, John… and move into the fall, what are some things that we need to be thinking about for our own classes to prevent burnout?

John: One of the things that we’re trying to be careful with when we recommend new teaching techniques to faculty at the teaching center here, is that they change approaches gradually, that small changes, incremental changes, are much easier to accommodate than the type of rapid changes that people had to do when they first moved into remote teaching. And so I think we have to be careful in making sure that we maintain a balance and we don’t burn out ourselves, because we’re not going to be very effective in supporting our students if we’re struggling to get through each day ourselves.

Rebecca: Yeah, we need to be present, just like we want our students to be able to be present and have the supports around them to be present in their learning. I think one thing that we’re also talking about in grad studies in our office is really this increased stress on faculty, and how do we support faculty, but also how do we support graduate student populations through things like accountability groups, or ways where there’s another human for accountability, but also for support, and not necessarily a mentor model, where there’s a power dynamic, but really a peer-to-peer approach to connect people together.

John: And we’re running two reading groups this fall to address some of these needs. One of the reading groups is on Sarah Rose Cavanagh’s new book, Mind over Monsters. And the other one is the second edition of Jim Lang’s Small Teaching. We had done that a few years ago, but we’ve had a lot of new faculty since then. And while we try to reach as many faculty as we can in our workshops, there’s a lot of faculty who are still teaching in pretty much the same way as faculty were teaching a century or so ago. And we’re hoping that by encouraging small modifications in teaching approaches, it might encourage more faculty to participate in introducing active learning activities and evidence-based teaching approaches.

Rebecca: It’s really easy to slip back into past practices when we’re tired [LAUGHTER] and overworked. And it’s not surprising that people have kind of slipped back into assignments and stuff that they’re really familiar with to reduce the cognitive load around new stuff and the many stressors around. So having that added support to help faculty re-engage with some of those ideas is, I think, a really great idea at this juncture. And I love that Mind over Monsters is one of the reading groups as well, because mental health is such an increasing concern, not just for students, but also for faculty and staff.

John: And we’re very much looking forward to both of these reading groups. Among the things we’ve talked about more frequently since the start of the pandemic are the challenges faced by underrepresented and contingent faculty.

Rebecca: I think when we’re introducing new techniques, and we’re thinking about supporting students around mental health, or we’re thinking about evidence-based practices and engaging in active learning, we need to remember that contingent faculty or underrepresented faculty have different barriers or different obstacles in implementing these things… or even more pushback from students and implementing some of these techniques. So we really need to be cognizant of supporting each other and realizing that we don’t all have the same kind of supports in place. I think some populations of faculty are just overly criticized. And when they try something new, it’s not accepted in the same way that a more dominant group’s adoption of those same techniques might be.

John: And that’s true both by students as well as by their faculty peers. And one of the things that’s come up in many of the podcasts we’ve discussed are the biases in both student and faculty evaluation of teaching.

Rebecca: Yeah. One of the things that I think is on the minds of our faculty too, is, as we’ve seen increased diversity of our students, we’ve seen diversity in levels of preparation. And I think those inequities have always been there. But again, maybe it’s more visible now than it had been in the past. How do we work through that in our classrooms, especially in these more introductory classes as students transition into college?

John: Well, I think those inequities have always been there, but they certainly grew with remote teaching, because our students face very unequal resources in their school districts and in their households. And when people are physically in the classroom, they’re at least exposed to the same infrastructure within their institutions. But when students were taking classes from home, as we talked about in many, many episodes, during a pandemic, they had very unequal network access, they had very unequal computing facilities, they may have been sharing a computer with multiple family members, they may have been forced to work. And as a result, the inequities in prior education and prior learning became much more dramatic during the period of remote teaching. And that disproportionately affected students from low-income households and low-income school districts. And what we have to do is provide resources, I think, for all students to be successful. And while we always should have been teaching, or providing resources and support, for all students, those needs have become much greater now, because while we are bringing in a much more diverse student body, we’re also losing students who come in with less preparation at some of the highest rates we’ve ever seen before. And we have to make sure that we’re providing the students that we accept with the support they need to be successful. And there’s lots of ways of doing it, you can build in some additional resources, you can connect to YouTube videos, and such things and provide support to students, you can use mastery learning quiz systems, and many other techniques. But we have to work towards having more faculty building that in because while many faculty are doing these types of things, and trying to build more support and more structure into their classes, it’s not a universal phenomenon.

Rebecca: And maybe even acknowledging that some students in the class are quite literally working harder to get to the same level.

John: The last few years when I’ve been teaching my large intro class, that’s something I’ve mentioned explicitly. I said, everyone here has all the resources they need to be successful. But if you had taken an AP introductory microeconomics course, or something close to that, you’re not going to have to work as hard to attain mastery of many of the concepts. If you have not been exposed to these things, or if your background in working with math and using graphs is not as strong, you’re going to have to work a bit harder. And that’s not a message that a lot of students appreciate hearing. But if we want to get all of our students to the same level at the end, the students who do come in with a weaker background need additional support to get there. And using tutoring when available, encouraging students to come in and talk to their professors and use office hours, all of those things can help but we’ve got a ways to go. What are some of the things you do to try to provide support for the increasingly diverse student body?

Rebecca: Yeah, I think the reality is that what we give each student isn’t the same, because what they come in with is not the same. So I often am trying to assess where students are and then pushing them right at that moment where they’re at, rather than expecting everyone to be at the same point. And I can do that a little more efficiently in a small class than you can in a bigger class. But I think we need to use those smaller classroom spaces to be able to do that so that everyone feels challenged, but also has what they need.

John: My introductory course is a prerequisite for all upper-level economics classes, and most of my students will be moving on to upper-level classes, so they have to reach at least a minimum level of proficiency in the discipline in order to be successful in their future classes. In other classes, instructors can be more flexible, and just try to get the most learning gains in their students, no matter what their starting points were. In my introductory class, at least, I have to pretty much take the students where they are, and try to get them all to the same place, while making sure that they’re all challenged. And that’s a very challenging goal to reach.

Rebecca: …and the difference between teaching those introductory classes versus higher level classes within a discipline, for sure, I think one of the most efficient things we can do is making sure that all students know the most effective ways to learn, because they don’t necessarily know those things coming into college, or even into graduate school. What we need to just remember is learning isn’t something that we just magically know how to do, we need to learn strategies and techniques that are effective.

John: We’ve had a number of guests over the last year or two who’ve talked about books that they’ve provided, or resources they’ve created to help students be more successful. Because one of the things that’s been pretty obvious for quite a while is that the study techniques and the learning strategies that students use are not generally consistent with what evidence suggests is most effective. And as a result, students are not using their time as efficiently as they can, by engaging in strategies that they perceive as being useful, that really result in very little increase in long-term recall… strategies such as highlighting, repeated rereading, and so forth. And one of the things that might be helpful is if we all could shift students a little bit in the direction of using evidence-based learning strategies, and some of that could take place through course design, by building infrastructures that incentivize the use of these techniques.

Rebecca: Yeah, and I think the moment that students realize that they don’t have the most efficient way, or the moment that a student begins to struggle is different, depending on some of that background, that they have. Students that come in well prepared may have never really struggled in high school, and maybe eventually, maybe even in the first year of college, you don’t struggle, but maybe it hits a little later on in their education, maybe not until graduate school. And then other students might struggle the second they get to college, because there’s not as much structure in place as there was in high school. So I think we need to be underscoring these techniques at all levels, and not just in their first year.

John: And one other thing that’s been discussed in many podcast episodes, is the importance of making the hidden curriculum of higher ed transparent to students, so that we don’t expect students to know what a syllabus is or how it could be used, that we shouldn’t expect students to know what is expected on a term paper in a class without making those expectations explicit and transparent to students. Because in general, we see a lot of students coming in, and they see it as a game where they’re trying to guess at what instructors are asking. And many of those guesses, especially for students who have not been in college prep classes before, are wrong. And they wasted a lot of time and effort that could have been spent more productively developing their understanding of the subject matter.

Rebecca: And the reality is that there’s differences between disciplines and between courses. And so the more we can be explicit about expectations within our own discipline, and within our own courses, and beyond the classroom experience of higher ed, because there’s expectations in other spaces as well, like student clubs, athletics, and all of the rest of the co-curricular activities that support student learning are incredibly important. And those are also not obvious.

John: One of the things that we’ve talked about much more on the podcast, and higher ed in general has been addressing much more extensively since the pandemic, is alternative grading approaches. Because traditional grading approaches and traditional course structures generally incentivize students to cram and to focus on maximizing their grades, rather than maximizing learning, so that if we really want students to shift to evidence based learning strategies, it would be really helpful if we could shift students emphasis away from grades and faculty emphasis away from high-stakes assessed activity and shift it more to activities that result in deeper learning, more long-term learning. And we’ve talked to many guests who have shifted to using strategy such as specifications grading, mastery learning systems, portfolio assessments, and ungraving, which has become one of the most talked about topics in higher ed in the last few years.

Rebecca: Yeah. And I think one of the things that comes up in a lot of those conversations is concerns over students just wanting the right answer and not learning and not critically thinking about the subject matter and the knowing of why and how, and doing analysis. And I think every instructor [LAUGHTER] has a desire for some of those kinds of conversations to come out in their classes, rather than just regurgitation of things that they’ve said in class.

John: Part of the issue is that when we get students in college, they’ve already had 13 years of experience in K through 12, where grades were the primary area of focus. And as a result, it’s hard to shift that focus from grades to learning. Besides alternative grading, we might use some other strategies such as encouraging students to be more reflective on their work, to spend some time in reflection-based activities and metacognitive development type activities.

Rebecca: Yeah, I know, this is a space where I was maybe a little hesitant at first thinking like, “Oh, these are just quick assignments that have no meaning,” but quickly realizing actually the value in really good well designed reflective activities that challenge students to think through how and why they learned something and what it is that they actually got out of an activity. And I’m often very surprised about how much learning occurs that is not visible, despite the fact that I teach studio classes, so I’m with my students much more than the average instructor. So I actually do observe a lot of learning. But in the reflection activities, I’m hearing a lot about how students are spending their time or things that they really struggled with and worked through that I wasn’t aware of. It also helps me understand where they’re not aware [LAUGHTER] of their own learning, or where they’re using strategies that aren’t as effective and helps with interventions. I know you’ve done a lot around metacognition, especially in your lower-level classes, but also in your upper classes.

John: In at least a couple of my courses. I’ve been using the metacognitive cafe discussion forum, which was actually the topic of our second podcast, Judie Littlejohn and I jointly developed this quite a few years back. And it’s been remarkably effective. It’s basically a low-stakes discussion forum that I’m using in my online classes, where students will reflect on their learning and share their learning strategies and will also read a bit about retrieval practice and spaced practice and the benefits of sleep in learning. And every time I do it, even though it’s only a trivial portion of the grade, it’s 5% of their total grade for participating in that activity, the students report that it was the most valuable learning experience they had in the class. A large proportion of the students at the end of the terms say they wish that they had learned these things back in elementary school, that they had been using practices that were not efficient and they didn’t realize that because they’ve never been taught how to learn. And it’s something that students have found really valuable. And the other nice thing about it is because, in this particular case, it’s done in a discussion forum, it helps them build community and helps them get to know each other, because they’ll often talk about the challenges they face. In online classes, many of the students have families where they’re taking care of young children, they may be working different shifts, they may be faced with other challenges that normally wouldn’t come up in a content discussion forum in an online class. But when they share that, and they share those challenges, and they share their career expectations, and they talk about how what they’re learning might be useful in their expected careers, besides the sense of connection, it also helps students see the relevance of what they’re doing and sharing that with other students helps build a little bit more intrinsic motivation in learning.

Rebecca: It also seems like there’s a bit of an immediacy in that context as well, because the information can immediately be put into action in a real lived experience and not something that may feel abstract, which sometimes happens within a discipline when it feels like maybe it’s not a thing I’m going to do anytime soon, professionally. So I think this really highlights the reason why we need to help students hook into everything that we’re doing to make it feel like they have a personal, professional, or educational connection to their own goals.

John: One of the topics that I use in each class where I’ve done this, at a point where students face the first really challenging material in the class, is just asking them to discuss how they deal with challenges. They share useful strategies, but one of the main benefits of that is it normalizes the sense of struggle, that when students are struggling with concepts, they often feel that they’re alone on this, but when they hear that other people are struggling with exactly the same issues and exactly the same concepts, it normalizes it, and again, it helps them understand that challenge is an important part of learning, which is not the message that they’ve generally received throughout their prior educational experience before coming to college.

Rebecca: It seems to me like this is the same reason why our reading groups work so well for faculty development as well is this connection among peers, but also that the challenges we experience are not in isolation. [LAUGHTER]

John: One of the things I’ve always enjoyed about the reading group is when people will come up with a technique or describe something they’ve done in class and people in completely different disciplines who might never have considered that will make connections and see how they could do something similar in their classes. That understanding that we’re all facing the same challenges makes it much easier to deal with some of the day-to-day stresses that we might have in our classrooms.

Rebecca: I know that one of the things that has come up in our reading groups, and also in our conversations about the future of higher ed and where we’re going to be going over the next few years is student engagement, and then specifically, the role of AI tools like ChatGPT [LAUGHTER] in the conversation. So if students don’t feel motivated, and they’re relying heavily on these tools, how do we get students to re-engage with the idea of learning?

John: Well, going back even just a little before the introduction of ChatGPT, which kind of hit higher ed by storm in late November of 2022, we did see a dramatic increase in the use of sites such as chegg.com, and various other sites out there, where the use of those tools became normalized a little bit, which made it much more challenging to give online assessments. And I think that’s where most people are concerned right now about things like ChatGPT, because with other places, you could at least locate where answers were coming from. And you could address that with the students and attribute it to the specific sites where they got their answers, which was, again, a bit of a challenge. But ChatGPT is raising some challenges for assessment that are going to be difficult to deal with, because it’s much more difficult to determine who is the author of specific items submitted online for assessment. And a lot of people are struggling with that right now. I know I’ve been struggling with it. In my spring 2023 online class, the quality of student writing on essays improved fairly dramatically over the course of the semester. And that seemed to correlate with the spread of the use of ChatGPT a bit. AI tools are really powerful, and they can be really useful. And they have a lot of potential value in education and in providing support for personal and work productivity. Right now, I think, more people are focused on the challenges, but we’re going to have to start thinking about ways in which we can productively integrate this and prepare students for a world in which the availability of AI tools will be ubiquitous.

Rebecca: And you teach in some really challenging contexts, really large classes in person, a number of online sections, and I know ChatGPT is keeping you up at night. What are some things that you’re thinking about… maybe haven’t resolved… but that you’re really thinking about redesigning or rethinking or retooling in the fall to just respond to the moment that we are currently living in.

John: As of 2020, I had shifted all the quizzing to online quizzes and tests and midterm exams and so forth. I’m seriously thinking about in my large face-to-face class, moving back to at least in in-class midterm and an in-class final exam. I really appreciated the fact that I could let students do it at their own pace, and that it took some of the anxiety and stress away when students did not have this two-hour time limit to complete an exam in the classroom. But with the size of the class, a large proportion of the testing is done with multiple choice exams, or algorithmic questions, and those are types of things that ChatGPT answers really, really well. Not too long ago, someone posted that ChatGPT 4 received a score of a 99th percentile on the Test of Understanding in College Economics (the microeconomics version of that), and those are the same types of questions that I’d be giving students on these quizzes. And while I had 1000s of questions that I had created that students were selecting from, all of those questions now are vulnerable to the use of AI tools, which makes it much more difficult to assess in that large class. Right now, the only thing I’ve really thought about doing differently in my large class is moving back to at least a couple of in-class exams. Now some of the things I was doing, such as polling questions embedded in the class activities and working on problems in class, where students submit that in real time, are generally much less subject to that type of issue. I know there are tools where students can scan the questions and so forth, they get responses back a bit more quickly, but it wouldn’t be as easy for them to do in real time when they’re in a polling environment. One of the main benefits of that is when I use polling, it was always tied with peer-to-peer discussions. And those peer-to-peer discussions is where most of the learning actually occurred from those in-class problem-solving exercises. For my online class, I’m not sure what I’m going to do. One thing I have done in the past is I’ve had students do podcast projects. And again, it’s pretty easy for chat GPT to generate scripts, but these projects are pretty heavily scaffolded. Students submit a proposal and they go through a number of steps to get there. And projects that are scaffolded like that, are probably a little bit less sensitive to the use of AI tools to generate the entire project. What are you thinking about in terms of your classes, or in terms of the graduate program?

Rebecca: I think we’ve talked a lot about the concern over the validity of our assessments and wanting there to be accuracy, not just for our sakes, but for students’ stakes in the value of their degrees moving forward. Part of it, I think, is really engaging in conversations around ethics around these tools, and not necessarily discouraging the use of the tools entirely, or banning the tools. I think that just motivates people to want to use them more, but rather to use them in ways that are productive, or interesting, but are also well documented… [LAUGHTER] like students are disclosing what they’re doing. And we can analyze the use of the tools in particular ways because maybe it could save time in particular places and not take away from certain kinds of learning, as long as we keep the learning objectives [LAUGHTER] up front. And then we assess when we’re using particular tools to determine whether or not it’s taking away from the learning. But I think these are hard conversations to have, and certainly not things that I want to be policing.

John: And I’d much rather not be policing these things. Sometimes students haven’t given me much choice in that. One example that I’ve seen recently is students submitting exam responses that asked him to analyze recent data, where the response said something to the effect: “as an AI tool, I do not have access to this data.” And when a student submits work like that, it’s pretty clear that they haven’t even read the essay responses they’re submitting on that graded assessment activity. And we want to make sure that students do actually interact and engage with their learning materials. Perhaps we can also design assessments that are not as vulnerable to AI-generated text. This semester, with my online classes, one thing I have shifted to, instead of having them discuss general debates or issues in economics, I have them focus on interpreting videos online, for example, where economists are debating certain topics, or doing readings that are not in the training database for ChatGPT, which means it’s much harder for AI tools to generate responses when they don’t have access to the underlying content that’s the focus of the assessment activity.

Rebecca: Would hyperlocal situations or examples also be a strategy because there’d be less widely available information on something like that.

John: Definitely. Information on the local community or the campus community or other local things, information that would just not be part of the training database is a good place in which we can ask students to connect the materials their learning to real-world events so that you maintain that sense of relevance while ensuring that the students are actively engaging with the work themselves rather than using a tool.

Rebecca: One of the things that I’ve used historically in my design classes, and it’s a little easier again, because I teach studio classes and see students more often so I tend to have a hunch as to what they’re working on, because I’m seeing them working on things, is really documenting process and not just using language, but showing through a video and showing steps along the way that might not be as easy to capture as an end product using an AI tool.

John: In general, open pedagogy projects, too, could be less vulnerable to having work being done entirely by AI tools. So videos would be an example, wikis perhaps might be.

Rebecca: I think that things that combine text and image are more challenging to have an AI tool create, at this moment.

John: That may very well change…

Rebecca: …by the time this episode comes out. [LAUGHTER] I think one of the things that I’m hearing us say actually, is that a lot of the strategies to reduce intellectual integrity or academic integrity issues around ChatGPT are also the things that are more likely to engage students and foster their learning anyways because they’re more authentic assessments, they’re probably more project based, they’re probably more long term with milestones along the way. And these are things that students often deeply engage in. And I think when they can connect to their local community, whether that’s the campus or the community that campus is situated in, or even their own hometown, in different ways around the discipline, those are all ways that students get a hunger to want to learn more.

John: And going back to our earlier discussion of the importance of shifting students’ focus from grades to learning, students are using tools like ChatGPT to raise their grades, even though they recognize it does not support their learning. If we can shift students’ focus to recognize the value of learning as improving skills that they’re going to need later in life, that should reduce the incentive for students to use shortcuts to avoid learning material.

Rebecca: If we’re not just looking for the right answer, but the journey to an answer, and even if it’s an incorrect answer, being able to understand why it’s not correct, and allowing that to be the learning is a really different way than our education has historically worked. The future of higher ed seems really stressful, John. [LAUGHTER]

John: It does, but it always has. That’s nothing new. But certainly the last few years have seen a lot of rapid change that… I hate to use the word unprecedented… but that have been relatively unprecedented.

Rebecca: And I think it really does speak to this need to connect with other colleagues, where we can share some of the challenges that we’re facing and brainstorm together to improve our teaching, but also to improve the level of stress we’re experiencing. [LAUGHTER]

John: One of the other things that we’ve talked about, especially within the last year or so is growing faculty concerns over student engagement. When students first came back to the classroom, there was a lot of excitement about being back. But since then, faculty generally seem to be noting that the level of engagement of students has shifted or has changed somewhat. More students are not completing assignments. Students in some classes have been disappearing from class as the semester progresses. And there’s a lot of concern that students are not as fully engaged with their coursework as they had been prior to the pandemic. So Rebecca, how are we going to solve this?

Rebecca: That’s a good question, John. I think one of the things that this aligns with is the higher incidences of loneliness, and mental health. And so finding ways to connect students to each other, and establishing those peer networks, I think, is one of the most important things that we can do in our classes. And it’s something that I’ve maybe always done in some way. But I’m being much more intentional about moving forward, because I’m feeling like even if students are in the same room, they’re still feeling really isolated. And so we have to be intentional about creating those opportunities for students to experience connection and feeling like they want to show up for each other and for themselves,

John: …using more group activities in class where the work of each student depends on the contribution of the other members does help create that sort of pressure on students to be there for their peers, to be there for the rest of their team. And that could be very useful.

Rebecca: Yeah. And I think the key to that, though, is not just assuming that students know how to interact with one another, or how to depend on one another in a team context, but really scaffolding those learning opportunities that really start with making connections and establishing relationships, because it’s the relationship that’s going to cause the pressure to show up for someone. And I think when we’re seeing high incidence of like ghosting, for example, it’s because the individuals don’t feel connected to the people that they’re ghosting.

John: And there have been a lot of studies done recently that show the importance of a sense of belonging in student persistence. So helping students form those connections is really important, because we have so many students who go to college, build up a huge volume of debt, and then disappear without getting the degree which does serve as a signal that they’ve actually accomplished something as a result of their education. And they end up with more financial struggles than they would have had had they not started. So we do want to help students form those connections for their own sakes, for their own future success. And one of the books we used in a past reading group was Relationship-Rich Education by Leo Lambert and Peter Felton. And that summarizes a lot of the research on the importance of building community and building connections, and also provides some really nice examples of ways in which institutions can transform to help facilitate those connections.

Rebecca: As instructors, we have a lot of power in that space to help students feel a sense of belonging. We can do really simple things to make someone feel seen and if they feel seen, they’re more likely to feel like they belong. So personalized messages, getting to know your students a little bit, being approachable, calling students by name, all of those things help students feel like they’re a part of a particular community. There’s so much to still learn and to come together around. And so I know that we’re looking forward to having many more guests and many more conversations to help work through many of the questions and concerns and things that we’ve raised today and have been raised by our colleagues. Now, John, we always wrap up by asking what’s next?

John: Well, what’s next for me is I’m heading down to North Carolina to teach at Duke again next week. And I’m looking forward to this. And this time, I’m going to try avoiding getting run over by a car. So I can actually teach my classes down there and spend some time away from the hospital this summer,

Rebecca: #life_goals. [LAUGHTER]

John: Small goals are sometimes more achievable. And Rebecca, what’s next for you?

Rebecca: This summer, I’m looking forward to doing some more work on our graduate student online orientation, which we put together as we transition to our new course management system in the fall and also working with some colleagues on an accessibility online module.

John: And we’re looking forward to talking to more of our wonderful guests. I’ve really enjoyed the experience of interacting with so many great people doing some really good research and doing such good work in higher ed.

Rebecca: We’re grateful for all of our guests and all of our listeners. So thanks for listening

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on iTunes or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

[MUSIC]